M17 Service Manual Tennant Rider Floor Sweeper Scrubber

2018-06-12

: Sweepscrub Tennant-M17-Rider-Floor-Sweeper-Scrubber-Service-Manual tennant-m17-rider-floor-sweeper-scrubber-service-manual 2751 file product_file

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 236

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

M17

(Battery)

Sweeper - Scrubber
Service Information Manual

ES® Extended Scrub System
Tennant True® Parts
IRIS® a Tennant Technology
Pro-Panel™ Controls
Insta-Fit™ Adapter

North America / International
For the latest Parts Manuals and other
language Operator Manuals, visit:
www.tennantco.com/manuals

9017358

Rev. 00 (08-2016)

*9017358*

INTRODUCTION
This manual is furnished with each new model. It provides necessary operation and maintenance instructions.
Read this manual completely and understand
the machine before operating or servicing it.
This machine will provide excellent service. However, the best results will be obtained at minimum costs if:
• The machine is operated with reasonable care.
• The machine is maintained regularly - per the machine maintenance instructions provided.
• The machine is maintained with manufacturer supplied or equivalent parts.
PROTECT THE
ENVIRONMENT
Please dispose of packaging
materials, used components such
as batteries and f uids in an
environmentally safe way
according to local waste disposal
regulations.
Always remember to recycle.

MACHINE DATA
Please f ll out at time of installation for future
reference.
Model No. Serial No. Installation Date -

INTENDED USE
The M17 is an industrial rider machine designed to wet scrub and sweep both rough and smooth hard surfaces (concrete, tile, stone, synthetic, etc).
Typical applications include schools, hospitals / health care facilities, off ce buildings, and retail centers. Do not use this machine on soil, grass,
artif cial turf, or carpeted surfaces. This machine is intended for indoor use only. This machine is not intended for use on public roadways. Do not use
this machine other than described in this Operators Manual.

Tennant Company
PO Box 1452
Minneapolis, MN 55440
Phone: (800) 553-8033 or (763) 513-2850
www.tennantco.com
DFS (Dual Force Sweeping), PerformanceView, Pro-ID, Pro-Check, Perma-Filter, ShakeMax, Zone Settings, SmartRelease, QA Controls, 1−Step,
Dura−Track, Touch−N−Go, Duramer, are trademarks of Tennant Company.
Specif cations and parts are subject to change without notice.
Original Instructions, copyright 2016 TENNANT Company, Printed in U.S.A.

CONTENTS
Contents

Page

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .1-1
GENERAL INFORMATION  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-1
Component LoCator  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-2
eLeCtriCaL SChematiC, maSter  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-4
eLeCtriCaL SChematiC SymboLS  .  .  .  .  . 2-7
operationaL matrix  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-8
SpeCifiCationS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-15
faStener torque  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-15
maChine dimenSionS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-16
GeneraL maChine dimenSionS/
CapaCitieS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . .  .2-17
GeneraL maChine performanCe
AND power type  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-18
tireS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-19
SCrubbinG Side bruSh SoLution
fLow rate (option)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . .  .  . 2-19
eC-h2o SyStem (option)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-19
eLeCtriCaL ComponentS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-20
MAINTENANCE AND SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
MaInTenance charT .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-3
yellow Touch poInTS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-5
lubrIcaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-5
HOPPER CHAINS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . 3-6
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
baTTerY INFORMATION . . . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-9
cIrcuIT breakerS, fuSeS, and relayS  .  . 3-17
elecTrIc MoTorS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-18
HOPPER DUST FILTER/PERMA-FILTER . . . . . 3-19
MAIN SCRUB BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 3-21
MAIN SWEEP BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .3-25
SIDE BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . 3-26
SQUEEGEE BLADES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-30
SKIRTS AND SEALS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-39
BELTS, BRAKES AND TIRES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-41
puShIng, TowIng, and TranSporTIng . 3-42
MachIne jackIng  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-44
ec-h2o Module fluSh procedure  .  .  .  .  . 3-45
STorage InforMaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-47
freeze proTecTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-47
preparIng The MachIne for
operaTIon afTer STorage  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-49
prIMING THE ec-H2O SYSTEM .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-51

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Contents

Page

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
PRO-PANEL SUPERVISOR CONTROLS . . . . . . 3-53
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE . . . . . . . . 3-54
SUPERVISOR SETTING SCREEN /
SCREEN ICONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
ADDING / EDITING PROFILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
ENABLING THE LOGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
DISABLING THE LOGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
CHANGING BATTERY TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
EXPORTING CHECKLISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
CHECKLIST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
DISABLING / ENABLING THE PREOPERATION CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
CHANGING THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
SETTINGS & PROGRAMMING THE ZONE
CONTROL BUTTONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
SETTING / CHANGING THE DATE AND
TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
TROUBLESHOOTING
ONBOARD DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . 4-2
SELF-TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
CONFIGURATION MODE . . . . . . . . 4-4
FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
PROPEL DIAGNOSTIC MODE . . . . . 4-11
CURTIS 1232SE CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
DIAGNOSTIC LED OPERATION . . . 4-13
DIAGNOSTIC CODES . . . . . . . . 4-14
INPUT DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . 4-22
MANUAL MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
MOTORS MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
STATUS LED - POWER
STEERING (OPTION) . . . . . . . . 4-29
SUBSYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING 4-30
BACK-UP ALARM/LIGHT  . . . . . . . . 4-30
LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
MAIN SCRUB BRUSHES . . . . . . . . 4-34
SIDE SCRUB BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
POWER-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

3

CONTENTS
Contents

Page

TROUBLESHOOTING
PROPEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
REAR SQUEEGEE LIFT . . . . . . . . . 4-42
SCRUB HEAD LIFT  . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
SIDE SWEEP BRUSHES  . . . . . . . . . 4-46
SIDE SWEEP BRUSH LIFT  . . . . . . . . 4-50
SOLUTION CONTROL, CONVENTIONAL 4-52
MAIN BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
SIDE BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
SOLUTION CONTROL, ECH2O . . . . . 4-56
SEVERE ENVIRONMENT - SPOT
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
ES (EXTENDED SCRUB)
DETERGENT PUMP . . . . . . . . . 4-60
WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
SPRAY NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
SCRUB VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . 4-66
SWEEP VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . 4-68
HOPPER LIFT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
HOPPER ROLL ACTUATOR . . . . . . . 4-74
MIDDLE SWEEP ACTUATOR . . . . . . 4-78
MIDDLE SWEEP BRUSH MOTORS . . . . 4-80
SHAKER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
DRY VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Service
ServIce ProcedureS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
rear Squeegee LIfT acTuaTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-3
rod adjuSTmenT  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-3
SIde BruSh LIfT acTuaTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-4
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-4
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-5
aduSTIng SIde BruSh
SPrIng TuBe aSSemBLy .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-5
vacuum fan aSSemBLy  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-6
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-6
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-7
SIde BruSh moTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-8
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-8
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-9
maIn BruSh LIfT acTuaTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-10
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-10
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-11
maIn ScruB head  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-12
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-12
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-13
maIn ScruB BruSh moTor
(cyLIndrIcaL)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-14
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-14
InSTaLLaTIon .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-15

4

Contents

Page

Service
ServIce ProcedureS (con't)
InSTrumenT PaneL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
LogIc Board rePLacemenT .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-17
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-17
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-18
STeerIng WheeL TImIng  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-19
PAGE'S INTENTIONAL BLANK  . . .  .5-20 - 5-22
rear Brake adjuSTmenT  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-23
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH MOTOR
REPLACEMENT  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .  . . .  .5-24
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH PATTERN
PROCEDURE  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 5-25
ROLL OUT ACTUATOR REPLACEMENT. . 5-27
ROLL OUT ACTUATOR
PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
CALIBRATION OF POWER STEERING
AND WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
COMPONENT TESTING
recovery Tank LeveL SenSorS  .  . . .  .  .  .  . 5-32
SoLuTIon Tank LeveL SenSor  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-34
ProPeL moTor (and encoder)  .  .  .  . . .  .  . 5-36
ProPeL moTor caBLeS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  .  .  . 5-38
ThroTTLe SenSor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-40
SIde BruSh LIfT acTuaTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-42
maIn BruSh LIfT acTuaTor . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
rear Sqge LIfTacTuaTor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
vacuum fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
SIde SWeeP BruSh moTor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
ec-h2o PumP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
ec-h2o PreSSure SWITch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
hOPPER LIFT PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
rOLL OUT ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
MAIN SWEEP ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
SHAKER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
DRY VAC FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
The following precautions are used throughout this
manual as indicated in their descriptions:
WARNING: To warn of hazards or
unsafe practices that could result in
severe personal injury or death.
CAUTION: To warn of unsafe practices
that could result in minor or moderate
personal injury.
FOR SAFETY: To identify actions that
must be followed for safe operation of
equipment.
The following information signals potentially
dangerous conditions to the operator. Know
when these conditions can exist. Locate all safety
devices on the machine. Report machine damage
or faulty operation immediately..
WARNING: Batteries emit hydrogen
gas. Explosion or fire can result. Keep
sparks and open flame away. Keep
covers open when charging.
WARNING: Flammable materials can
cause an explosion or fire. Do not use
flammable materials in tank(s).
WARNING: Flammable materials or
reactive metals can cause an explosion
or fire. Do not pick up.
WARNING: Raised hopper may fall.
Engage hopper support bar.
WARNING: Lift arm pinch point. Stay
clear of hopper lift arms.
WARNING: Electrical Hazard
− Disconnect Battery Cables and
Charger Plug Before Servicing Machine.
− Do Not Charge Batteries with
Damaged Power Supply Cord. Do Not
Modify Plug.
If the charger supply cord is damaged or broken,
it must be replaced by the manufacturer or its
service agent or a similarly qualified person in
order to avoid a hazard.

This machine may be equipped with technology
that automatically communicates over the cellular
network. If this machine will be operated where
cell phone use is restricted because of concerns
related to equipment interference, please contact
a Tennant representative for information on how to
disable the cellular communication functionality.
FOR SAFETY:
1. Do not operate machine:
- Unless trained and authorized.
- Unless operator manual is read and
understood.
- Under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
- While using a cell phone or other types of
electronic devices.
- Unless mentally and physically capable of
following machine instructions.
- With brake disabled.
- Without filters in place or with clogged filters.
- In dusty environments without the vacuum
fan on.
- If it is not in proper operating condition.
- With pads or accessories not supplied or
approved by Tennant. The use of other pads
may impair safety.
- In outdoor areas. This machine is for indoor
use only.
- In areas where flammable vapors/liquids or
combustible dusts are present.
- In areas that are too dark to safely see the
controls or operate the machine unless
operating / headlights are turned on.
- In areas with possible falling objects unless
equipped with overhead guard.
- With the rear bumper door / step in the
lowered position.
2. Before Starting Machine:
- Check machine for fluid leaks.
- Make sure all safety devices are in place
and operate properly.
- Check brakes and steering for proper
operation.
- Check parking brake pedal for proper
operation.
- Adjust seat and fasten seat belt (if
equipped).

WARNING: This machine contains chemicals
known to the state of California to cause
cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive
harm.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

1-1

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
3. When using machine:
- Use only as described in this manual.
- Use brakes to stop machine.
- Do not pick up burning or smoking debris,
such as cigarettes, matches or hot ashes.
- Go slowly on inclines and slippery surfaces.
- Do not scrub on ramp inclines that exceed
11% grade or transport (GVWR) on ramp
inclines that exceed 13% grade.
- Reduce speed when turning.
- Keep all parts of body inside operator station
while machine is moving.
- Always be aware of surroundings while
operating machine.
- Do not access the video / help screens while
the machine is moving. (Pro-Panel)
- Use care when reversing machine.
- Move machine with care when hopper is
raised.
- Make sure adequate clearance is available
before raising hopper.
- Do not raise hopper when machine is on an
incline.
- Keep children and unauthorized persons
away from machine.
- Do not carry passengers on any part of the
machine.
- Always follow safety and traffic rules.
- Report machine damage or faulty operation
immediately.
- Follow mixing, handling and disposal
instructions on chemical containers.
- Follow site safety guidelines concerning wet
floors.
4. Before leaving or servicing machine:
- Stop on level surface.
- Set parking brake.
- Turn off machine and remove key.
5. When servicing machine:
- All work must be done with sufficient lighting
and visibility.
- Keep work area well ventilated.
- Avoid moving parts. Do not wear loose
clothing, jewelry and secure long hair.
- Empty both solution and recovery tanks.
- Block machine tires before jacking machine
up.
- Jack machine up at designated locations
only. Support machine with jack stands.
- Use hoist or jack that will support the weight
of the machine.
- Do not push or tow the machine without an
operator in the seat controlling the machine.
- Do not push or tow the machine on inclines
with the brake disabled.
- Use cardboard to locate leaking hydraulic
fluid under pressure.
1-2

- Do not power spray or hose off machine
near electrical components.
- Disconnect battery connections and charger
cord before working on machine.
- Do not use incompatible battery chargers as
this may damage battery packs and
potentially cause a fire.
- Inspect charger cord regularly for damage.
- Do not disconnect the off−board charger’s
DC cord from the machine receptacle when
the charger is operating. Arcing may result.
If the charger must be interrupted during
charging, disconnect the AC power supply
cord first.
- Avoid contact with battery acid.
- Keep all metal objects off batteries.
- Use a non−conductive battery removal
device.
- Use a hoist and adequate assistance when
lifting batteries.
- Battery installation must be done by trained
personnel.
- Follow site safety guidelines concerning
battery removal.
- All repairs must be performed by a trained
service mechanic.
- Do not modify the machine from its original
design.
- Use Tennant supplied or approved
replacement parts.
- Wear personal protective equipment as
needed and where recommended in this
manual.

For Safety: wear hearing protection.
For Safety: wear protective gloves.
For Safety: wear eye protection.
For Safety: wear protective dust mask.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
6. When loading/unloading machine onto/off truck
or trailer:
- Drain tanks before loading machine.
- Lower scrub head and squeegee before
tying down machine.
- Empty debris hopper before loading
machine.
- Stop on a level surface, set parking brake
and leave the key in the ON position until all
tie-down straps are secure.
- Block machine tires.
- Tie machine down to truck or trailer.
- Use ramp, truck or trailer that will support
the weight of the machine and operator.
- Do not load/unload on ramp inclines that
exceed 20% grade.
- Use winch. Do not push the machine onto/off
the truck or trailer unless the load height is
380 mm (15 in) or less from the ground.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

1-3

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The following safety labels are mounted on the
machine in the locations indicated. Replace
damaged / missing labels
WARNING LABEL - Flammable
materials can cause explosion or fire.
Do not use flammable materials in tank.
WARNING LABEL - Flammable
materials or reactive metals
can cause explosion or fire.
Do not pick up.

Located on solution tank
cover, recovery tank cover
and detergent tank (option).

FOR SAFETY LABEL - Do
not operate machine with the
rear bumper door / step in
the lowered position. Do not
carry passengers on any
part of the machine.

Located on electrical panel.

Located on rear bumper
door / step.

FOR SAFETY LABEL - Authorized
Service Mechanic Only.

Located on circuit board cover
and electrical panel.

1-4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING LABEL - Batteries emit
hydrogen gas. Explosion or ﬁre
can result. Keep sparks and open
ﬂame away. Keep covers open when
charging.

WARNING LABEL - Lift
arm pinch point. Stay
clear of lift arms.

Located on both lift arms.

Located on bottom of
battery compartment cover.

FOR SAFETY LABEL - Read
manual before operating machine.
WARNING LABEL - Raised hopper may
fall. Engage hopper support bar.

Located on electrical panel.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Located on hopper support bar.

1-5

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1-6

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION

SECTION
Contents

2

Page

GENERAL INFORMATION  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-1
Component LoCator  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-2
eLeCtriCaL SChematiC, maSter  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-4
eLeCtriCaL SChematiC SymboLS  .  .  .  .  . 2-7
operationaL matrix  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-8
SpeCifiCationS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-15
faStener torque  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-15
maChine dimenSionS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-16
GeneraL maChine dimenSionS/
CapaCitieS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . .  .2-17
GeneraL maChine performanCe
AND power type  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-18
tireS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-19
SCrubbinG Side bruSh SoLution
fLow rate (option)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . .  .  . 2-19
eC-h2o SyStem (option)  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-19
eLeCtriCaL ComponentS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 2-20

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2-1

GENERAL INFORMATION
COMPONENT LOCATOR

Components
A

interface module and touch panel

B

Curtis® aC propel Controller

C

power Steering assembly*

D

aC drive assembly

E

Main Sweep Motors

F

ec-h2o pump*

G

bLdC (brushless dC) brush motors

H

Spray wand*

I

dual Vacuum fans

J

iriS™ Shunt assembly*

K

ec-h2o module*

L

backup alarm/flashing Light*,
Circuit breaker #16, m2 relay

M

recovery tank full Switch,
eS half-full Switches*

N

rear Squeegee Lift actuator

O

brake adjustment rods

P

Scrub head Lift actuator

Q

brake pedal interlock Switch

R

Control modules, m1 Contactor
Circuit breakers (1-9)

S

K

A

J

I

B

H

C

D

E

F

G

A

T

L

Seat Switch

T

battery rollout Switch
* optional equipment

M

S

R

Q

N

2-2

O

P

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
COMPONENT LOCATOR

Components
U

battery

V

detergent metering pump*

W

bLdC (brushless dC) Side Scrub
brush motor

X

Side Scrub brush Lift actuator

Y

Electrical Sweeping motor
Control Box

Z
U

Y

Z

throttle Sensor
AA Shaker Sweep System
BB

Sweeping, filter

V
X

CC

Hopper Lift Cylinder and
Roll-Out Actuator
DD Hopper Lift Pump & Reservoir
EE

Sweeper, hopper

FF

Side Sweep brush motors

W

* optional equipment

AA

CC

DD

EE

BB

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

FF

2-3

GENERAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS (1 of 3)
+

OPTIONAL TELEMETRY CABLES:

--

15

M1

RED-1

1

1

RED

2

BLU-1

2

2

BLU

2

BLK/WHT-1 3

3

BLK

3

4

PUR-1

4

4

PUR

4

6

NOT USED

5

5

BRN

NOT USED

6

6

WHT

T1

T2

BLK
3

4

3

4

W1

2

10/TAN J1-22

CLOSED = PARK BRAKE SET
7/PUR

B+

P1-C

BLU

P1-B

YEL

14/YEL

P1-D

BLK

58/GRY

P1-A

RED

8/GRY

8/GRY

8/GRY

CAN+

2

WHT/PAIR #2

1

1

J1-4

BLK/PAIR #1

3

3

J1-1

RED/PAIR #1

4

4

J4-4

SWITCHED B+

2/RED-TAN

18/GRY J4-17

KSI

CAN GND
B+ POST

P1-1

19/WHT

HORN

P2-1

CANCAN+

P1-1

20/TAN

0.5A

2

19/WHT

ALARM

P2-1

J4-16

21/PNK J4-15

DET. PUMP/SPOT CLEAN PUMP
1
23/ORA J4-14

GND. POST

19
SWITCHED/FUSED B+

11
LED1

25/GRN

J4-12

9

26/BLU

J4-11

LED2

2
MTR-3

LEFT SCRUB MTR
MTR-4

OPEN1
MTR_1/U
MTR_2/V
MTR_3/W
HALL_1
HALL_2
HALL_3
+5VDC
OPEN2
GND

RIGHT SCRUB MTR
MTR-5

OPEN1
MTR_1/U
MTR_2/V
MTR_3/W

HALL_2
+5VDC
OPEN2
GND

209/WHT J10-1

2

200/TAN

3

203/ORA J10-3

1E

32/BRN

J9-1

2E

33/ORA

J9-2

3E

34/YEL

J9-3

4E

125/GRN

5E

3
1E
2E
3E

129/WHT

6E

J9-4

J11-4
J11-5
J11-6

205/GRN
204/YEL

J9-6

208/GRY

J9-7
J9-8

130/TAN

J9-9

131/PNK
132/BRN

4E
5E

J10-2

J9-5

4
2

J1-5
DRV2

36VDC

J1-13

6
13/BLK

13/BLK: CABLE

AUD. ALARM

MAIN_CONT.

SPOT_PUMP

+12VDC

J4-13

J4-5

38/GRY

B

J4-1

37/PUR

C

SW-5
B+

GND

A

113/BLK-WHT

OUT

133/ORA

38A

J9-10

LONG_SPOT_LED
DIGITAL GND.
SHORT_SPOT_LED
HALF_1

SHORT_SPOT

HALF_0
LT_MTR_1_1

LONG_SPOT

J4-3

J4-8
J4-7

113/BLK-WHT
DIGITAL GROUND
(GND. AT INPUT
= ENABLE SPOT SCRUB)
35/GRN
SHORT SPOT SCRUB
36/BLU
LONG SPOT SCRUB

LT_MTR_1_3
EXTRA_1

HALL_2_LF
HALL_3_LF

11
8
5
4
1
9

12

6

13/BLK

2

13/BLK

10

FOR SPOT CLEAN
INDICATOR LIGHTS

LT_MTR_1_2

HALL_1_LF

113/BLK-WHT
SPOT CLEAN SW.
SW-6

EXTRA_2

J4-2
J4-6

+5VDC_LF
GND_LF
RT_MTR_2_1

VAC FAN #1

105/GRN

RT_MTR_2_2
RT_MTR_2_3

VAC FAN #2

CHASSIS GND. STRAP @ FRAME

105/GRN

105/GRN

HALL_1_RT
HALL_2_RT
HALL_3_RT
+5VDC_RT
GND_RT

SCRUB MODULE

FRONT CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL

105/GRN

STATIC GROUNDING
(PART OF MAIN HARNESS)

GROUND

HALL_3

J4-9
J4-10

1

1

P2-1

13/BLK

HALL_1

27/PUR
28/GRY

SCRUB UP/DOWN

4

6E

J1-1

SCRUB
MODULE

1

J1-2

SOL. TANK PRESS.SENSOR

12

SHORT SPOT CLEAN

J1-3

HORN

SOL.SENSOR

10

LONG SPOT CLEAN

J1-4

P

19/WHT
19/WHT

13/BLK: CABLE POWER/GND TO CURTIS.

CAN- CAN+

MAIN H20 DRIP

ALARM-1
19/WHT

GND

GND

FLYBACK

SPOT CLEAN LEDS
INTERNAL TO SW-6

2-4

CAN_+12V

HORN-1

MTR-2
2

MAIN NO DRIP VALVE

19/WHT

THERMISTOR

POD HARNESS

211/PNK

J4-18
P1-1

19/WHT
SV-3

0.5A

J1-6

J1-8

2

J1-2

CAN-/GRN

8/GRY

19/WHT

2.5A-REAR

DRV1

5

3

4
J1-7
I/O GND

BLK/PAIR #2

213/BLK-WHT

8/GRY

16/BLU: CABLE

CB-6

W/WHT

USER INTERFACE
MODULE

J1-3

100A-REAR
2/RED-TAN

V/GRN

W

58

INTERFACE MODULE

FUSE-2

U/ORA

ISOLATED GROUND
POST = STAND OFF

CAN+/YEL

+12VDC

8/GRY

U
V

17

8/GRY

DIGITAL_GND

8/GRY

TO: OPTIONAL BACK UP
LIGHT/ALARM HARNESS.

THROTTLE SENSOR

CAN-

M1 TO FUSE-1
BUS BAR

94

J1-34

CAN TERM L

7/PUR
CLOSED = BATT.
ROLLED OUT

15

J1-3 94/YEL

CAN+/YEL

SW-1 PIN 15
KEY SWITCH

GND

J1-31

REV

J1-4 15/GRN

J1-21

CAN TERM H

CAN-/GRN

4/YEL
PIN 30

BRAKE

2

FWD

11/PNK J1-33

8/GRY
S-17: BATT. ROLL OUT (N.C.H.O.)

V
W

INTERLOCK

8/GRY
S-11 PARK BRAKE SW. (N.C.H.O.)

THROTTLE

CURTIS 1232SE CONTROLLER

CAN H

8
5
4
1

FWD/REV SW.

DRV4

CAN L

D-1

SW-3A

6

8/GRY

DRV3

E-STOP

B 9/WHT J1-9

118

17/PUR

KSI

SW-4: SEAT SWITCH

118/GRY

J1-23

B

PULLED LOW = PRECHARGE COMPLETE

J1-35

A

17/PUR

PROPEL
SYSTEM

3/ORA

A

17/PUR

AUX1 CONTACTOR COIL

MTR-1

8/GRY J1-1
5/GRNJ1-10

T2: YEL

MAIN CONTACTOR

M3A

U

B+

V GRN

B2: BRN

T1: YEL

M1A

A-

ORA

B1: PUR

RX

B+

SW-2

E-STOP SWITCH

PHASE A

J1-29

THROTTLE

99/WHT

BRAKE IN

1

TX

J1-16

J1-28

U

A+

118/GRY

6

5

1
70/TAN

8/GRY

J1-25

1

61/PNK

3

CABLE: POWER/GND TO CURTIS.

150A-REAR

+12V

PHASE B

J1-32
RX

FUSE-1

M1 TO FUSE-1
BUS BAR

58/GRY

4

J1-11

3

2

M4

AC PROPEL MOTOR

2/RED-TAN

TX

M3

W WHT

24/YEL

62/BRN

58/GRY

2

YEL

YEL

59/WHT

61/PNK

GND
+12V

M2

AC PROPEL MOTOR
PIN OUT
(FACING MOTOR)

INTERNAL TO AC PROPEL MOTOR
(INCLUDES ENCODER TEMP
SENDER AND BRAKE SOL.)

AMER
ENCODER

66/BLU

3/ORA

22/RED-TAN

PROGRAMMING PORT

TORQUE SENSOR
INTERNAL TO
1
STEERING MOTOR
M1

3

SENDER, TEMP

PROPEL MOTOR CONTROL

22/RED-TAN

CB-4

M1B

MAIN CONTACTOR

2.5A-REAR

58/GRY

79
13/BLK

1

1/RED
58

79/WHT

B-/BLK

M1

OPT. POWER STEERING HARNESS

WHT

M1/GRN

TEMP1

5

MTR-24

M2

6

POWER STEERING

M2

M2/BLU

4

5

M2+

3

CAL_2

6

M1-

2

CAL_1

3

12

1

4

14

YEL-2

BLU

YEL-1

RED

1
2

2

M3B

AUX1 CONTACTOR

CALIBRATION INPUTS:
(ADD SWITCH)

SW/B+

1

WHT-1

2

6/BLU
6

19/WHT

19

SWITCHED/FUSED/+36VDC

B-

B-

OPT. POWER
STEERING

30A-FRONT

6/BLU

CABLE: BATT. TO MACHINE:

TO: TELEMETRY
IN-LINE FUSE.

B+

SHUNT HIGH

SHUNT-1

13/BLK-WHT

13

POWER STEERING MODULE

B+

B+/RED

1

CB-15

1

SHUNT LOW

CABLE: BATT. TO MACHINE:

1/RED

13/BLK

TELEMETRY SHUNT
IN-LINE (OPTIONAL)

36 VDC

13

134/YEL

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS (2 of 3)
CAN- CAN+

CB-1
2/RED-TAN

40/TAN OR 40/BLU

J5-1

2/RED-TAN

EXTEND LIMIT SW.
RETRACT LIMIT

1
2

1

41/PNK

J6-18

2

42/BRN

J6-17

SQGE UP/DN ACTUATOR

MTR-6

2

1

19A

VAC FAN #1

MTR-7

2

1

19A

VAC FAN #2

MTR-8

43/ORA

J7-1

44/YEL

J7-2

45/GRN

J7-3

47/PUR

J7-4

J6-15
BLK

3-5A

RED

2

48/GRY

ES PUMP

MTR-9

CB-5
2/RED-TAN

J6-13

49/WHT

J6-14

53/ORA

J6-7

2.5A-REAR

0.5A

GND

HALF_2

INPUT_0

TO: B+, @M1

13/BLK

J6-10

A

102/BRN

N.O.

B

13/BLK
REC. TANK FULL

(GROUND ON INPUT
= REC. FULL)

SW-8

HALF_4B+

INPUT_1

HALF_5B+
GND_DIGITAL

HALF_5

PCB_SEL_0

FLYBACK

SPARE_INPUT0

J6-6

13/BLK

13/BLK

HALF_4

55/GRN J6-11
OUTPUT_1
SV-5: AUTO FILL REC VALVE

M17 SWEEP HARNESS

CAN+/YEL

J5-2

HALF_3B+

53/ORA

J6-5

CAN-/GRN

J3-1

SW-7

HALF_3

PCB-SEL_1

EXTRA: NOT LOADED

J3-2

HALF_2B+

J6-12
54/YEL
OUTPUT_0
SV-4: AUTO FILL SOL. VALVE

CB-2

J3-3

LED_DRIVE0

SPARE_INPUT1

J6-9

A

101/PNK

N.O.

B

13/BLK
REC. 1/2 TANK FULL (OPT. ES SYSTEM)

(GROUND ON INPUT
= REC. 1/2 FULL)

J6-2
J6-8

13

J6-1
J6-3

M17 SWEEP HARNESS

TO: MAIN HARNESS

J6-4

CAN- CAN+ CAN- CAN+

LED_DRIVE1

19

118

13

105

1

3

BLK

3

3

2

GRN

2

2

3
2
1

2-4A

MTR-11

NOT USED

RETRACT LIMIT

EXTEND LIMIT SW.

2-4A

RETRACT LIMIT

2

J5-3

163/ORA

J5-2

164/YEL

J4-18

165/GRN

J4-9

1 166/BLUJ4-16

PARTIAL: SIDE SWEEP HARNESS

2

2

1

25A

HOPPER ROLL ACT.

1

1

MTR-12

J5-1

162/BRN

HOPPER LIFT PUMP

EXTEND LIMIT SW.

161/PNK

MIDDLE SWEEP UP/DN ACT

2

2 167/PURJ4-17

2 MIDDLE SWEEP MTR_1(FRONT) 168/GRY

J7-2

114/YEL

J7-1

RED
BLK
MTR-13
MTR-28

PUMP_DN
HALF_2
HALF_2B+
HALF_4
HALF_5

3A

RETURN_6_7

PARTIAL: SHAKER MTR. HARNESS
174/YEL

INPUT_1
INPUT_3
INPUT_2

INPUT_4
INPUT_5

J4-12

SHAKER LED
+5V_REF

FLYBACK

DIGITAL GND.

J4-18

4
4

3A
3A

MTR-17
RETRACT LIMIT

RETRACT LIMIT

5

5 175/GRN J4-17

6

6 176/BLU J4-11

7

7 177/PUR J4-12

8

8 179/WHT J4-1

9

9 178/GRY J4-2

LEFT SWEEP MTR.

2
LEFT SWEEP UP/DN ACT

2

2

MTR-18

2

1

1
2

EXTEND LIMIT SW.

2-4A

BRN

174/YEL 1
MTR-16

EXTEND LIMIT SW.

2-4A

1

1

RIGHT SWEEP UP/DN ACT

19/WHT

19

19/WHT

19/WHT

2

150/RED-TAN

3

MTR-25

BLK

1

4

M4A

RED
CB-18
193/ORA M1

M2

25A
RED

WHT

2

MTR-26

150

BLK

1

RED

3

194/YEL M1

40A-SWEEP

4

BLU

CB-19

4
2

MTR-27

BLK

2

182/BRN

3

3 13/BLK

WHT

1

2

2

3

3 13/BLK

J4-5

SHIELD
CANCAN+
INPUT_2

152/BRN P1-4
SW-19

HALF_2

J4-14

154/YEL

155/GRN P1-4
SW-20

P1-1

J4-15

156/BLU P1-4

J4-8

171/PNK
SW-21

J4-1

158/GRY

J4-2

159/WHT

J4-10

160/TAN

J4-6

157/PUR

3

2

4

1

2

3

2

4

1

2

3

P1-2

CAN-/GRN

J5-1

CAN+/YEL

J4-15

13/BLK

J3: 4 POS, AMP, MINI UNIVERSAL
J4: 18 POS, MOLEX, MINI FIT, JR.
J5: 3 POS, MOLEX, GUARDIAN
J6: 2 POS, MOLEX, GUARDIAN
J7: 3 POS, MOLEX, GUARDIAN

GND.= HOPPER UP
GND.= HOPPER ROLL IN

P1-2

13/BLK

GND.= HOPPER ROLL OUT

SHAKER SW.
13/BLK

P1-2
158/GRY
10

9

SHAKER SWITCH LIGHT/LED
IS INTERNAL TO SW-21

POTENTIOMETER-1 INSIDE MTR-11
4
POT+
6
POT5
WIPER

HOPPER ROLL POSITION
13/BLK

SW-22

CLOGGED FILTER SWITCH.
N.O.: CLOSED = CLOGGED.
CAN- CAN+ 118

J5-3
J5-2

ISOLATED GROUND
POST = STAND OFF

GND.= HOPPER DOWN

J5-4

118/GRY

J3: 2 POS, MOLEX, MINI FIT SR.
J4: 20 POS, MOLEX, MINI FIT JR.
J5: 4 POS, AMP, MINI UNIVERSAL
GND1
GND2

J3-1

13/BLK

J4-20

13/BLK

13/BLK
13/BLK
PARTIAL: SHAKER MTR HARNESS

HALF_2B+
PRECHARGE

1
SW-18

P1-1

J4-3

HALF_0
HALF_1

3

2

4

J4-13

13/BLK

INPUT_0

J4-7 189/WHT 4

4

5

5

NOT USED

S-23

6

6

13/BLK

6

13/BLK

THERMAL SENTRY

N.C. / OPEN=HOPPER FIRE

AUX_CONT.

J4-6

190/TAN 4
NOT USED

5

4

S-24

6

OPT: DRY VAC SW.
5 N.O. / CLOSED = ON

VAC1_REF
VAC1_RPM_IN
NOT_USED2

13/BLK

J4-19

SWEEP VAC FAN

105/GRN

184/YEL
186/BLU

J4-9
J4-4

VAC2_REF
VAC2_RPM_IN

HOPPER

105/GRN

TO: MAIN HARNESS
105/GRN

105

SHAKER MTR.

M2

RED

BLU

VAC FAN #2 MTR.(BTM.)

NOT_USED1

INPUT_1

2

M2

OUTPUT_1

13/BLK

181/PNK J4-10

25A

1

RED
CB-20
195/GRN M1

3

150/RED-TAN

WHT

J4-14

1

25A

BLU

VAC FAN #1 MTR.(TOP)

191/PNK

1

RED 1

TO: SW/B+, @M4

40A-SWEEP

J4-13

SWEEP AUX. CONTACTOR

(SWITCHED, FUSED, B+)

40A-SWEEP

FLYBACK

PARTIAL: SIDE BRUSH HARNESS
BLU
BRN
2
3
3 172/BRN J4-16
174/YEL 1
OUTPUT_0
MTR-15
RIGHT SWEEP MTR.
BLU

153/ORA

MAIN SWEEP/LIFT MODULE
B+_A

105

118/GRY

J3-2

174/YEL

J4-5

CAN-/GRN

174/YEL

174/YEL

118

13/BLK

151/PNK

CAN+/YEL

150/RED-TAN

174/YEL

15A-SWEEP

19

HOPPER DOWN SWITCH.
CLOSED = HOPPER DOWN

J4-4

P1-1

INPUT_7
CB-17

CAN- CAN+

J6-1

GND.= SHAKER ON/OFF

INPUT_6

ANALOG_1
174/YEL

J4-7

HALF_6

SHAKER_OUT

SHAKER MOTOR

GND

HOPPER/SWEEPER MODULES

25A

PUMP_GND

1 MIDDLE SWEEP MTR_2(REAR) 169/WHT
J7-3
HALF_7
3
3 105/GRN
BLK
RED
3
2
2 2
1 1
1 170/TAN J4-11
MTR-14

2

NOT_USED1

PUMP_UP

3

1

1

CAN+/YEL

TO: GND. POST

MTR-10

BLU

J3-1

105/GRN

150/RED-TAN

35A

4

1

B+

118/GRY

4

NOT USED

J6-2

CAN-/GRN

19/WHT

60A-SWEEP

173/ORA

J3-2

CAN+/YEL

CAN+

CB-16

CAN+/YEL

J3-3

CAN-/GRN

CAN-

CAN-/GRN

J3-4

CAN+/YEL

SHIELD

CAN-/GRN

NOT_USED

1

M17 CAN ADAPTOR HARNESS

PRESWEEP=H2O=SIDE SWEEP

WATER PICKUP MODULE

M4B

SWEEP AUX. CONTACTOR

CABLE: BATT. TO SWEEP
NET 118/GRY:
+36V = KEY ON, MAIN PRECHARGE ACTIVE
<0.5VDC = MAIN PRECHARGE COMPLETE,
MAIN CONTACTOR TURNED ON,
START SWEEP SYSTEM PRECHARGE.

1

HALF_1

53/ORA

150A IN-LINE FUSE-3

CABLE: BATT. TO SWEEP

0.5A
2/RED-TAN

CANCAN+

GROUND

1

SHIELD
HALF_0

13

J3-4

WATER PICK UP
MODULE

J6-16

NOT_USED

GROUND

60A-REAR

B+

GROUND

2

DRY VAC MTR.

105/GRN

13/BLK

1

1

187/PUR

J4-8

2

2

188/GRY

J4-3

3

3 13/BLK

STATIC GROUNDING
(PART OF SWEEP HARNESS)

D_VAC_REF
D_VAC_RPM_IN

SIDE SWEEP/VAC MODULE

PARTIAL OPT: DRY VAC HARNESS
13/BLK

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

13/BLK

2-5

GENERAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS (3 of 3)

2

13
CAN- CAN+

CB-3

2/RED-TAN

J5-1

103/ORA

35A-REAR

B+ POST

J2-4

CAN_+12V

J2-3

CAN GND

CB-7

2/RED-TAN

CAN-

104/YEL

CAN+

1

2.5A-REAR

104/YEL

J4-4

GND. POST

1

MTR-19

0.5A

104/YEL

0.5A

104/YEL

2

1

3

3 106/BLU

J4-10

2

2 107/PUR

J4-9

SIDE PUMP

SV-6: SIDE H2O VALVE

2

115/GRN J4-7

1

108/GRY J4-8

SIDE SCRUB MTR

OPEN1
MTR_3/W
MTR_2/V
MTR_1/U
HALL_1
HALL_2
HALL_3
+5VDC
OPEN2
GND

SIDE ACTUATOR

J6-3

2

110/TAN

J6-2

1

111/PNK

J6-1

1E

135/GRN J4-12

2E

136/BLU

3E

137/PUR J4-16

4E

138/GRY J4-15

5E

J4-13

6E

139/WHT J4-11

J4-14

13/BLK

13/BLK

J4-6

INPUT_0

SIDE_ACT0
SIDE_ACT1

MTR_3

6
2

112/BRN

8
5
4
1

SIDE SCRUB ON/OFF SW.

J4-5

SPARE_IN0

J4-1
J4-2

NOT_USED0

MTR_2

SW-12A

(GROUND ON INPUT
= ENABLE SIDE SCRUB)

SIDE_H2O_VALVE

SPARE_IN1
109/WHT

CAN+/YEL

J5-2

SIDE_PUMP

4
3

CAN-/GRN

J2-1

SIDE SCRUB
MODULE

EXTEND LIMIT SW.
BRN

RETRACT LIMIT
BLK
BLU

MTR-20 RED

MTR-21

FLYBACK

J2-2

MTR_1

J4-3

NOT_USED1
HALL_1_SIDE
HALL_2_SIDE
HALL_3_SIDE
+5VDC_SIDE
OPEN
GND_SIDE

CB-8

1

1

46/BLU J4-1

2.5A-REAR

46/BLU J4-2

0.5A

51/PNK J4-5

46/BLU
ECH20 SIDE BR. VALVE

J4-6
J4-7

VCC_1
VCC_2

CAN-

SIDE BR. VALVE

CAN+

NOT USED #1

CAN+/YEL

6

6

13/BLK

J4-13

GND_2

J4-12

GND_3

2/RED-TAN

CAN-/GRN

J4-10
J4-14

GND_1

NOT USED #2

J4-11

ECHO MODULE

SV-7

3

2/RED-TAN

4

SIDE SCRUB MODULE

MTR-22

CB-9

2A

50/TAN

52/BRN

(A)

2.5A-REAR

(B)

2

2 J4-4

SW-13

PUMP

ECHO/FAST PUMP

50/TAN C-2

52/BRN

+

J4-9

PRESS_IN

60/TAN

-

NC

PRESS NC, OPENS @ 20PSI +/-2PSI = FAULT

CAPACITOR, 0.01UF, 200V

50/TAN

NO

COM

50/TAN

5

5 J4-3

FLYBACK

J4-8

OPEN1

(ECHO sparger)

(ECHO cell)

8EA/GRY

J5-1

7EA/PUR

J5-2

3EA/ORA

J5-3

4EA/YEL

J5-4

MOD-7

SPGR_A

SW-14

SPGR_B
CELL_A

FLUSH_GND

CELL_B

FLUSH_SW

J5-6

9EA/WHT

J5-5

13EA/BLK

EC-H20 FLUSH SW.

OPT. INTERNAL EC-H2O MODULE HARNESS

EC-H20 MODULE
OPT. EC-H2O HARNESS

77/PUR

P1-23

77/PUR

2A

P1-22

P1-7

P1-6

13/BLK-WHT

B+
B+

SHUNT LOW

SHUNT-

1/RED

1/RED

79/WHT
SHUNT HIGH

SHUNT+

79

IN-LINE FUSE-3

P1-21

GND

13

13/BLK

13/BLK

P1-20

GND

OPT. TELEMETRY

DIRECT TO
BATTERY B+

1

CAN- CAN+

P1-19

GND
CAN-

CAN+
TELEMETRY MODULE

P1-11 CAN-/GRN 2

2

P1-3

1

CAN+/YEL 1

OPT. TELEMETRY HARNESS

6/BLU

CB-10

SW-15

2

63/ORA

15A-FRONT

6
10

D-2

64/YEL

1
4 64/YEL
5
8
9 13/BLK

13/BLK

MTR-23

64/YEL

SPRAY NOZZLE PUMP

SPRAY NOZZLE SWITCH

13/BLK

76/BLU

76 TO: PRESWEEP HARNESS
FROM: MAIN HARNESS
LIGHT SWITCH

CB-11

SW-16
65/GRN

65/GRN

3
1

65/GRN

7
5

15A-FRONT

4
2

LEFT HEADLIGHT (LED)

LT-2

76/BLU

CB-12

67/PUR

FROM: MAIN HARNESS
LIGHT SWITCH

LT-1

RIGHT HEADLIGHT (LED) 13/BLK

2.5A-FRONT

8
6

CB-13

68/GRY
68/GRY

OHG FLASH/STROBE LIGHT

13/BLK

2.5A-FRONT
OPT. OHG WARNING LIGHT HARNESS

LIGHT SWITCH
= 2-1, 6-5
= 2-3, 6-7
= 3-4, 7-8

3

3

76/BLU

4

4

92/BRN

LT-4

13/BLK

6

6

13/BLK

LOW = FWD. OR REV.
(SPECIAL ONLY)

ALL LIGHTS OFF/DN
WARN. LIGHT ON/CENTER
HEAD & WARN ON/UP

13/BLK

M18 HEADLIGHT HARNESS

LT-3

93/ORA

OPT. LIGHTS

6/BLU

OPT. SPRAY
WAND

6

94 15

CB-14

2.5A-FRONT

LT-3

1

17/PUR

CB-21

2.5A
LOCATED INSIDE
LIGHT ASSEMBLY

ALARM-2
90/TAN

P2-1 85/GRN-WHT 87

P1-1

M2B

30 13/BLK

REVERSE ALARM
85/GRN-WHT

90/TAN

LT-5

NOT USED
(FOR SPECIALS)

5

5

2

2

15/GRN

1

94/YEL

17/PUR
17
+36VDC FROM CONTROLLER

OPT. BACK UP
ALARM/LIGHT

13/BLK

FLASH/STROBE LIGHT

LOW = REV.

92/BRN

RED TAILLIGHT (LED)

WHT, BACK UP LIGHT (LED)
90/TAN
OPT. LIGHT KIT
OPT. LIGHT / ALARM HARNESS

2-6

86

M2A

85 15/GRN

OPT. REVERSE RELAY

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC SYMBOLS

IGN ST

+

Battery

Circuit Breaker

DPDT Switch

Key Switch
Fuse

Pressure Switch
Connected

Diode

Motor
Not Connected

Single Continuation Tab

Connector
Double Continuation Tab
Energized

3 Phase AC
Induction Motor

Relay Coil
Adaptor Harness

Motor Encoder

N.C. Relay Contacts

Sensor
(Variable Resistor)

N.O. Relay Contacts

Momentary Switch N.O.

Horn or Alarm

Contact Switch N.C.

Light

Solenoid Valve

Notes

Assembly

AC Plug

+

-

Capacitor

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2-7

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

Vacuum fan,
Scrubbing

water pu
module:
fan #1
J7-1, J7-2
fan #2
J7-3, J7-4

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module

Squeegee Selected

interface
module

Squeegee off

interface
module

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

rear Squeegee
down

main Scrub brushes

2-8

water pu
module:
J6-17, J6-18

Scrub module:
Left motor
J10-1, J10-2,
J10-3, J9-1,
J9-2, J9-3,
J9-4, J9-5
right motor
J11-4, J11-5,
J11-6, J9-6,
J9-7, J9-8,
J9-9, J9-10

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module

Squeegee Selected

interface
module

Squeegee off

interface
module

reverse propel

Curtis pmC,
J1-33 High

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module
interface
module

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

Main Scrub Selected

interface
module

Main Scrub Deselected interface
module

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

Scrub head down

Scrub module:
J4-9, J4-10

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module

Scrub Selected

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

Scrub Deselected

interface
module
water pu
module, J610 Low

Side brush extend/
down
(option)

Side Sweep brushes

Side Scrub
module:
J4-7, J4-8

Scrub module:
Left motor
J3-2 CB-17,
J4-17
right motor
J3-2 CB-17,
J4-16

recovery tank full

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module

1-Step on

interface
module

Side brush Selected

Side Scrub
Side brush Deselected Side Scrub
module, J4-6
module, J4-6
Ground
Not Grounded
recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module
interface
module

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

Side Sweep Selected

interface
module

Side Sweep Deselected interface
module

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc
Can-bus to
interface
module

Circuit fault

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2-9

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

Side Scrub brush
motor
(option)

Side Scrub
module:
motor
J6-1, J6-2,
J6-3, J4-11,
J4-12, J4-14,
J4-15, J4-16

1-Step on

interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module

Side brush Selected

Side Scrub
Side brush Deselected Side Scrub
module, J4-6
module, J4-6
Ground
Not Grounded

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

Solution Control
(Conventional)

Scrub module:
main Valve
J4-17, CB-6
Side Scrub
module
(option):
Side pump
J4-10, CB-7
Side Valve
J4-9, CB-7

2-10

1-Step on
Main Scrub Selected
fwd/rev throttle Command
Side Scrub Selected
(option)

interface
module
interface
module
Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

1-Step off

interface
module
Main Scrub Deselected interface
module
neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Side Scrub
Side Scrub Deselected Side Scrub
module, J4-6 (option)
module,
≈ Grounded
J6-10 ≈ Not
Grounded
recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

Side Sweep
Brushes Down

Side Sweep
module:
LH Side
Actuator
J4-11, J4-12

1-Step on

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step off

interface
module,
Can-bus

Side Sweep Selected

interface
module,
Can-bus

Side Sweep Deselected interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step on

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step off

interface
module,
Can-bus

ec-h2o Enabled

interface
module,
Can-bus

ec-h2o Disabled

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Scrub Selected

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Scrub Deselected interface
module,
Can-bus

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 Low

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

ec-h2o System fault
(see ec-h2o system
troubleshooting)

ec-h2o
module to
Can-bus

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

flush mode

ec-h2o module, J5-5 and
J5-6 = Closed

System over pressure
(≈ > 20 psi)

ec-h2o module, J4-9 =
Not Grounded

Severe environment
mode

Scrub module, J4-8 Low
or J4-7 Low

RH Side
Actuator
J4-1, J4-2
Solution Control
ec-h2o
(option)

ec-h2o
module:
Side br .
Valve
J4-5, CB-8
pump
J4-4, CB-9
Sparger
J5-1, J5-2
e-Cell
J5-3, J5-4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2-11

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

eS (extended Scrub)
pump
(option)

water pu
module:
water pump
J6-13, J6-14

1-Step on

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step off

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Scrub Selected

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Scrub Deselected interface
module,
Can-bus

eS Enabled

interface
module,
Can-bus

eS Disabled

recovery tank 1/2 full

water pu
recovery tank full
module, J6-9
= Ground

water pu
module, J610 = Ground

Solution tank not full

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
1.34 Vdc

Solution tank full

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ >
1.34 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module
interface
module,
Can-bus

NOTE: 45 seconds/10
seconds Off until
recovery tank is less
than 1/2 full and solution tank is not full.

eS detergent pump:
(option)
NOTE: Does not operate on 1 solution level
LED.

2-12

Scrub module:
detergent
pump
J4-14, CB-6

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step on

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step off

Main Scrub Selected

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Scrub Deselected interface
module,
Can-bus

eS Enabled

interface
module,
Can-bus

eS Disabled

interface
module,
Can-bus

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

recovery tank full

water pu
module, J610 = Ground

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Severe environment
pump:
(option)

Scrub module:
detergent
pump
NOTE: Short and Long J4-1, CB-6
cycle duration times
can be adjusted in
configuration mode.

Main Sweep brushes

Main
Sweeper
module:
Front
J7-1, J7-2
Rear

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

1-Step on

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-Step off

interface
module,
Can-bus

Severe environment
Enabled

Scrub module, J4-8 Low
or J4-7 Low

Severe environment
Disabled

Scrub module, J4-8 Not
Low and J4-7
Not Low

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Configured for 1%, 2%,
or 3% mix ratio

interface
module,
Can-bus

Configured for 0% mix interface
ratio
module,
Can-bus
water pu
module, J610 = Ground

Solution tank empty

Scrub module, J4-1 ≈ <
0.73 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module
Sweeper
module:
J4-4 and
J4-6 = Not
Grounded

1-STEP On

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-STEP Off

Main Sweep Selected

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Sweep Deselected Can-bus to
interface
module

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

J7-1, J7-3

Main Sweep
Actuator

recovery tank full

Main Sweep/ 1-STEP On
Lift module:
actuator
J4-16, J4-17
Main Sweep Selected

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

interface
module,
Can-bus

1-STEP Off

interface
module,
Can-bus

Main Sweep Deselected Can-bus to
interface
module

Sweeper
module:
J6-1 = Not
Grounded

2-13

GENERAL INFORMATION
OPERATIONAL MATRIx (cont'd)
Output

Pin(s)

Enable

Input

Disable

Input

Dust Vacuum fan

Sweep/Vac
module:
Vacuum
J4-3, J4-8,
CB-20

1-STEP On

Sweep/Vac
module:
J4-7, J4-15 =
Grounded

1-STEP Off

Sweep
module:
J4-7, J4-15 =
Not Grounded

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Low battery Voltage

Curtis pmC
module, J1-1
≈ < 32 Vdc

Circuit fault

Can-bus to
interface
module

propel

back-up alarm/
Lights
(option)

Filter Shaker

Curtis PMC

Curtis PMC

Dust Vacuum
Selected
fwd/rev throttle Command

Parking Brake Off

Dust Vacuum
Deselected

Parking Brake On

fwd/rev throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

fwd/rev Switch input

Curtis pmC,
J1-22 or J133 ≈ battery
Voltage

brake Switch input

Curtis pmC,
J1-11 ≈ Battery Voltage

rollout battery Switch Curtis pmC,
input
J1-11 ≈ Battery Voltage
Curtis® propel Control
fault

See Curtis
pmC diagnostics .

reverse Switch input

Curtis pmC,
J1-33 ≈ battery Voltage

forward Switch input

Curtis pmC,
J1-22 ≈ battery Voltage

reverse throttle Command

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈
0.2-5 vDC

neutral - ready State

Curtis pmC,
J1-6 ≈ 0 Vdc

Curtis® propel Control
fault

See Curtis
pmC diagnostics .

J1-4, CB-21

Main Sweep/ Filter Shaker Button On
Lift Module
J4-15, J4-11, Main Sweep Deselected
CB-17
Dust Vacuum Deselected

Filter Shaker Button Off
1-Step On
Sweep Function
Enabled

1-Step Off

2-14

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
FASTENER TORQUE
SAE (STANDARD)
Sae
Grade 1

4 (.112)

(5)
5) -

Sae
Grade 2
Carriage
bolts

thread
Cutting
thread
rolling

Sae
Grade 5
Socket &
Stainless
Steel

Sae
Grade 8

 .5)

headless
Socket Set
Screws

Square
head Set
Screws

(4)
4) -

5 (.125)

(6)
6) -

6 (.138)

(7)
7) -

(20)
20) -

(9)
9) - (

8 (.164)

(12)
12) -

(40)
40) -

(17)
17) -

10 (.190)

(20)
20) -

(50)
50) -

(31)
31) -

Inch Pounds

thread
Size

(9)
9) - (

4-5

5-6

7 - 10

7 - 10

10 - 13

6-8

17 - 19

5/16 (.312)

7-9

9 - 12

15 - 20

15 - 20

20 - 26

13 - 15

32 - 38

3/8 (.375)

13 - 17

16 - 21

27 - 35

36 - 47

22 - 26

65 - 75

7/16 (.438)

20 - 26

26 - 34

43 - 56

53 - 76

33 - 39

106 - 124

1/2 (.500)

27 - 35

39 - 51

65 - 85

89 - 116

48 - 56

162 - 188

Foot Pounds

1/4 (.250)

5/8 (.625)

80 - 104

130 - 170

171 - 265

228 - 383

3/4 (.750)

129 - 168

215 - 280

313 - 407

592 - 688

1 (1.000)

258 - 335

500 - 650

757 - 984

1281 - 1489

METRIC
thread
Size

4 .8/5 .6

8 .8
Stainless Steel

10 .9

12 .9

Set
Screws

m3

43 - 56 ncm

99 - 128 ncm

139 - 180 ncm

166 - 215 ncm

61 - 79 ncm

m4

99 - 128 ncm

223 - 290 ncm

316 - 410 ncm

381 - 495 ncm

219 - 285 ncm

m5

193 - 250 ncm

443 - 575 ncm

624 - 810 ncm

747 - 970 ncm

427 - 554 ncm

m6

3 .3 - 4 .3 nm

7 .6 - 9 .9 nm

10 .8 - 14 nm

12 .7 - 16 .5 nm

7 .5 - 9 .8 nm

m8

8 .1 - 10 .5 nm

18 .5 - 24 nm

26 .2 - 34 nm

31 - 40 nm

18 .3 - 23 .7 nm

m10

16 - 21 nm

37 - 48 nm

52 - 67 nm

63 - 81 nm

m12

28 - 36 nm

64 - 83 nm

90 - 117 nm

108 - 140 nm

m14

45 - 58 nm

102 - 132 nm

142 - 185 nm

169 - 220 nm

m16

68 - 88 nm

154 - 200 nm

219 - 285 nm

262 - 340 nm

m20

132 - 171 nm

300 - 390 nm

424 - 550 nm

508 - 660 nm

m22

177 - 230 nm

409 - 530 nm

574 - 745 nm

686 - 890 nm

m24

227 - 295 nm

520 - 675 nm

732 - 950 nm

879 - 1140 nm

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2-15

GENERAL INFORMATION
MACHINE DIMENSIONS

1370 mm
(54 in)

1245 mm
(49 in)

1405 mm
(55.3 in)
1700 mm
(67 in)

2096 mm
(82.5 in)

1480 mm
(58.25 in)

Wheel base
1163 mm
(46 in)

Track
(at rear wheels)
1041 mm
(41 in)

2850 mm
(112.1 in)

2-16

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL MACHINE DIMENSIONS/CAPACITIES
Item

Dimension / Capacity

Length

2850 mm (112.1 in)

Width (Body)

1370 mm (54 in)

Width (Body with side scrub brush)

1405 mm (55.3 in)

Wheel base

1163 mm (46 in)

Height (top of steering wheel)

1480 mm (58.25 in)

Height (with overhead guard)

2096 mm (82.5 in)

Track

1041 mm (41 in)

Disk brush diameter

510 mm (20 in)

Cylindrical brush diameter (scrubbing)

230 mm (9 in)

Cylindrical brush length (scrubbing)

1015 mm (40 in)

Cylindrical brush diameter (sweeping)

203 mm (8 in)

Cylindrical brush length (sweeping)

915 mm (36 in)

Disk brush diameter for scrubbing side brush (option)

330 mm (13 in)

Disk brush diameter for sweeping side brush

480 mm (19 in)

Scrubbing path width

1015 mm (40 in)

Scrubbing path width (with scrubbing side brush)

1220 mm (48 in)

Squeegee width (rear squeegee)

1245 mm (49 in)

Sweeping path width - main sweep

915 mm (36 in)

Sweeping path width (with dual sweeping side brushes)

1700 mm (67 in)

Solution tank capacity

285 L (75 gallons)

Recovery tank capacity

346 L (91 gallons)

Solution capacity (ES)

435 L (115 gallons)

Detergent tank capacity (option)

17.6 L (4.6 gallons)

Demisting chamber

61 L (16.1 gallons)

Hopper capacity (light litter)

85 L (3.0 ft3)

Hopper weight capacity

136 Kg (300 lbs)

Hopper minimum ceiling dump height

2134 mm (84 in)

Hopper maximum dump height

1525 mm (60 in)

Dust filter area

5.1 m2 (54.9 ft2)

Weight (Empty)

1515 Kg (3335 lbs)

Weight (with standard 510 AH batteries)

2165 Kg (4770 lbs)

GVWR

3245 Kg (7150 lbs)

Protection Grade

IPX3

Values determined as per IEC 60335-2-72

Measure Cylindrical scrub head

Measure Disk scrub head

Sound pressure level LpA

75 dB

75 dB

Sound pressure uncertainty KpA

3 dB

3 dB

Sound power level LWA + Uncertainty KWA

94.63 dB + 2.98 dB

94.63 dB + 2.98 dB

Vibration - Hand-arm

<2.5 m/s
<0.5 m/s2

<2.5 m/s2
<0.5 m/s2

Vibration - Whole body

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

2

2-17

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL MACHINE PERFORMANCE
Item

Measure

Aisle turnaround width (less side brush)

3003 mm (118.25 in)

Travel Speed (Forward)

9 Km/h (5.5 mph)

Travel Speed while scrubbing (Forward)

6.5 Km/h (4 mph)

Travel Speed while sweeping (Forward)

6.5 Km/h (4 mph)

Travel Speed lifted hopper (Forward)

3.25 Km/h (2 mph)

Travel Speed dry vacuum (Forward)

3.25 Km/h (2 mph)

Travel Speed (Reverse)

5 Km/h (3 mph)

Maximum ramp incline for loading - Empty

20%

Maximum ramp incline for scrubbing

11%

Maximum ramp incline for sweeping

11%

Maximum ramp incline for transporting (GVWR)

13%

Maximum ambient temperature for machine operation

43° C (110° F)

Minimum temperature for operating machine scrubbing functions

0° C (32° F)

POWER TYPE
Type

Quantity

Volts

Ah Rating

Weight

Batteries (Max. battery dimensions):
406 mm (15.98 in) W x
963 mm (37.91 in) L x
775 mm (30.51 in) H

1

36

510 @ 6 hr rate

661 kg (1458 lb)

1

36

750 @ 6 hr rate

963 kg (2124 lb)

1

36

930 @ 6 hr rate

988 kg (2178 lb)

Type

Use

VDC

k W (hp)

Electric Motors

Scrub brush (disk)

36

1.125 (1.50)

Scrub brush (cylindrical)

36

1.125 (1.50)

Side scrub brush

36

0.90 (1.25)

Main sweep brush

36

0.75 (1.00)

Side sweep brush

36

0.06 (0.08)

Vacuum fan (sweep)

36

0.85 (1.10)

Vacuum fan (scrub)

36

0.6 (0.80)

Propelling

36

2.25 (3.00)

Type

VDC

amp

Hz

Phase

VAC

Charger (Smart)

36

80

50-60

1

200-240

Charger (Smart)

36

120

50-60

1

380-415

Charger (Smart)

36

150

50-60

1

480-600

Charger (Opportunity)

36

240

50-60

1

480

2-18

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
TIRES
Location

Type

Size

Front (1)

Solid

150 mm wide x 350 mm OD (5.8 in wide x 13.8 in OD)

Rear (2)

Solid

125 mm wide x 380 mm OD (5 in wide x 15 in OD)

SCRUBBING SIDE BRUSH SOLUTION FLOW
RATE (OPTION)
Item

Measure

Solution pump

36 Volt DC up to 1.51 LPM (0.40 GPM)

ec-H2O SYSTEM (OPTION)
Item

Measure

Solution pump

36 Volt DC, 5A, 6.8 LPM (1.8 GPM) open flow

Solution flow rate (machines without
optional scrubbing side brush)

Up to 3.79 LPM (1.0 GPM)

Solution flow rate (machines with
optional scrubbing side brush)

Up to 2.65 LPM (0.70 GMP) - To main scrub head

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Up to 1.14 LPM (0.30 GPM) - To scrubbing side brush

2-19

GENERAL INFORMATION
SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS (For Reference Only)
Component

measure

Contactor Coil, m1

102 Ω +/- 10%

relay Coil, m2

0 .822 kΩ +/- 5%

Contactor Coil, m3

160 Ω +/- 10%

actuator, Scrub head lift

1 - 3 amps continuous

actuator, Side brush/sweep lift

1 - 3 amps continuous, internal limit switches

actuator, rear squeegee lift

2 - 4 amps continuous, internal limit switches

actuator, Main sweeper lift

2 - 4 amps continuous, internal limit switches

actuator, Hopper roll out

2 - 4 amps continuous, internal limit switches

Hopper, Lift pump

35 amps

motor, Vacuum fan(s)

14 - 20 amps continuous (15 - 16 amps average)

motor, propelling
(5 .4 mph transport speed)

38 - 64 amps continuous

motors, main cylindrical brush
down pressure #1 12 - 18 amps/motor (default 13 amps)
down pressure #2 18 - 28 amps/motor (default 26 amps)
down pressure #3 28 - 35 amps/motor (default 35 amps)
down pressure #1 12 - 18 amps/motor (default 14 amps)
down pressure #2 18 - 28 amps/motor (default 25 amps)
down pressure #3 28 - 35 amps/motor (default 35 amps)
motor, Side Sweep brush

5 - 8 amps

motor, Side Scrub brush

12-40 amps

pump, ec-H2O

4 - 6 amps

pump, Spray nozzle

2 - 3 amps

pump, Side brush

0 .5 - 2 amps

pump, detergent metering/
Severe environment

0 .5 - 1 .5 amps

Valve, ec-h2o Side brush

129 Ω +/- 5%

Valve, Conventional Side brush

108 Ω +/- 10%

Valve, Conventional main brush

108 Ω +/- 10%

Valve, autofill

218 Ω +/- 10%

2-20

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE

SECTION
Contents

3

Page

MAINTENANCE
MaInTenance charT .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-3
yellow Touch poInTS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-5
lubrIcaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-5
HOPPER CHAINS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . . 3-6
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
baTTerY INFORMATION . . . .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-9
cIrcuIT breakerS, fuSeS, and relayS  .  . 3-17
elecTrIc MoTorS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-18
HOPPER DUST FILTER/PERMA-FILTER . . . . . 3-19
MAIN SCRUB BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 3-21
MAIN SWEEP BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .3-25
SIDE BRUSHES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . . . . 3-26
SQUEEGEE BLADES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-30
SKIRTS AND SEALS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-39
BELTS, BRAKES AND TIRES  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-41
puShIng, TowIng, and TranSporTIng . 3-42
MachIne jackIng  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-44
ec-h2o Module fluSh procedure  .  .  .  .  . 3-45
STorage InforMaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-47
freeze proTecTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-47
preparIng The MachIne for
operaTIon afTer STorage  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-49
prIMING THE ec-H2O SYSTEM .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 3-51
SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
PRO-PANEL SUPERVISOR CONTROLS . . . . . . 3-53
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE . . . . . . . . 3-54
SUPERVISOR SETTING SCREEN /
SCREEN ICONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
ADDING / EDITING PROFILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
ENABLING THE LOGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
DISABLING THE LOGIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
CHANGING BATTERY TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
EXPORTING CHECKLISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
CHECKLIST SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
DISABLING / ENABLING THE PREOPERATION CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
CHANGING THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
SETTINGS & PROGRAMMING THE ZONE
CONTROL BUTTONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
SETTING / CHANGING THE DATE AND
TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-1

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
4

17

5

24

3

22

20
19

7

18

23

2

21

11

13

12

2

1

21

1

17
10
17

21

3-2

6

14

9

8

15

16

7

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE CHART
The table below indicates the Person Responsible
for each procedure.
O = Operator.
T = Trained Personnel.
NOTE:Check procedures indicated (■) after the
f rst 50 hours of operation.
Interval

Daily

Weekly
50 Hours

Person
Resp.

Key

Description

Procedure

Lubricant/
Fluid

No. of
Service
Points

O

22

Hydraulic reservoir

Check hydraulic fluid level

O

1

Side and rear squeegees

Check for damage and
wear. Check deflection.

HYDO

1

-

4

O

2

Main brushes and pads

Check for damage, wear,
and debris

-

2

O

3

Recovery tank

Clean tank, top sensor, and
check cover seal

-

1

O
O

4

Solution tank

Check cover seal

-

1

3

ES machines only:
Recovery tank

Clean tank and level sensor

-

2

O

4

ES machines only:
Solution tank

Clean tank and level sensor

-

1

O

5

Vacuum fan inlet filter,
screen, and debris tray

Clean

-

1

O

6

Cylindrical brushes only:
Debris trough

Clean

-

1

O

7

Sweeping side brush(es)

Check for damage, wear,
debris

-

1 (2)

O

8

Scrubbing side brush

Check for damage, wear,
debris

-

1

O

9

Scrubbing side brush
squeegee

Check for damage and wear

-

1

O

10

Hopper dust filter

Shake to clean

T

11

Battery cells

Check electrolyte level

-

1

DW

Multiple

T

1

Side and rear squeegees

Check leveling

-

4

O

1

Main brushes (cylindrical)

Rotate brushes from front to
rear

-

2

O

12

Scrub head skirts (disk)

Check for damage and wear

-

2

O

23

Sweeping skirts

Check for damage and wear

-

4

O

7

Sweeping side brush(es)

Check brush pattern

2

LUBRICANT/FLUID
DW
SPL
GL
HYDO

Distilled water.
Special lubricant, Lubriplate EMB grease (Tennant part number 01433-1)
SAE 90 weight gear lubricant
Tennant True premium hydraulic fluid or equivalent

NOTE: More frequent maintenance intervals may be required in extremely dusty conditions.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-3

MAINTENANCE
The table below indicates the Person Responsible
for each procedure.
O = Operator.
T = Trained Personnel.
NOTE:Check procedures indicated (■) after the
f rst 50 hours of operation.
Interval

100
Hours

200
Hours

500
Hours

Person
Resp

Key

T

11

Description

Procedure

Lubricant/
Fluid

No. of
Service
Points

Battery watering system
(option)

Check hoses and
connections for damage and
wear

-

Multiple

-

2

T

10

Hopper seals

Check for damage and wear

T

10

Hopper

Clean hopper, dust filter
and Perma-Filter

T

13

Brakes

Check adjustments

-

1

T

11

Battery terminals and
cables

Check and clean

-

Multiple

T

14

Cylindrical brush drive
belts

Check for damage and wear

-

2

T

18

Sweeping brush drive
belts

Check for damage and wear

-

2

T

15

Drive wheel pivot

Lubricate

SPL

1

T

15

Steering chain

Lubricate and check for damage and wear.

GL

1

16

Steering gear chain

Lubricate and check for damage and wear

GL

1

T

24

Hopper chains

Lubricate and check for damage and wear.

GL

2

T

17

Hopper lift arm pivots

Lubricate

SPL

3

T

19

Scrub vacuum fan
motor(s)

Check motor brushes

-

1 (2)

O

21

Tires

Check for damage and wear

-

3

1

T

24

Hopper chains

■ Check tension.

-

2

800
Hours

T

22

Hydraulic hoses

Check for wear and damage

-

Multiple

1000
Hours

T

7

Sweeping side brush
motors

Check motor brushes (Check
every 100 hours after initial
1000 hour check)

-

2

T

8

Sweeping main brush
motors

Check motor brushes (Check
every 100 hours after initial
1000 hour check)

-

1

T

22

Hydraulic reservoir

Change hydraulic fluid

HYDO

1

2400
Hours

LUBRICANT/FLUID
DW
SPL
GL
HYDO

Distilled water.
Special lubricant, Lubriplate EMB grease (Tennant part number 01433-1)
SAE 90 weight gear lubricant
Tennant True premium hydraulic fluid or equivalent

NOTE: More frequent maintenance intervals may be required in extremely dusty conditions.
3-4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
YELLOW TOUCH POINTS
This machine features easy to find yellow touch
points for simple service items. No tools are
required to perform these maintenance operations.

LUBRICATION
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

STEERING GEAR CHAIN
The steering gear chain is located directly above
the front tire. Check for damage or wear and
lubricate the steering gear chain after every 200
hours.

DRIVE WHEEL PIVOT
The drive wheel pivot is located directly above the
drive wheel. Lubricate the drive wheel pivot after
every 200 hours.

STEERING CHAIN
The steering chain is located on the steering
column directly under the control panel. Check for
damage or wear and lubricate the steering chain
after every 200 hours.

HOPPER CHAINS
The hopper chains are located on the left hand
side of the machine. Check for damage or wear
and lubricate the hopper chains after every 200
hours..

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-5

MAINTENANCE
HOPPER LIFT ARM PIVOTS
Lubricate the hopper lift arm pivots after every 200
hours of operation.

HOPPER CHAINS
The hopper chains are located on the left hand
side of the machine. Check the tension of the
hopper chains after the first 50 hours of operation
then every 500 hours after that.
With the hopper in the lowered position; the longer
arm chain (A) should not move more than 25 mm
(1 in) and the shorter lintel chain (B) should not
move more than 12 mm (0.5 in).

A
B

3-6

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULICS
Check the hydraulic fluid level at operating
temperature daily. The hydraulic fluid level
should be between the MIN and MAX markings
on the hydraulic reservoir. The hopper must be
down when checking hydraulic fluid level.

ATTENTION! Do not overfill the hydraulic fluid
reservoir or operate the machine with a low
level of hydraulic fluid in the reservoir.
Damage to the machine hydraulic system may
result.
Drain and refill the hydraulic fluid reservoir with
new TennantTrue premium hydraulic fluid after
every 2400 hours of operation.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-7

MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC HOSES

HYDRAULIC FLUID
TennantTrue premium
hydraulic fluid (Extended Life)
Part
Number

Capacity

ISO Grade Viscosity
Index (VI)

1057707

3.8 L (1 gal)

1057708

19 L (5 gal)

ISO 32
VI 163 or higher

If using a locally-available hydraulic fluid, be sure
the specifications match Tennant hydraulic
fluid specifications. Substitute fluids can cause
premature failure of hydraulic components.

Check the hydraulic hoses after every 800 hours of
operation for wear or damage.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, use
cardboard to locate leaking hydraulic fluid
under pressure.
High pressure fluid escaping from a very small
hole can almost be invisible, and can cause
serious injuries.

ATTENTION! Hydraulic components depend on
system hydraulic fluid for internal lubrication.
Malfunctions, accelerated wear, and damage
will result if dirt or other contaminants enter
the hydraulic system.

00002

Consult a physician immediately if injury results
from escaping hydraulic fluid. Serious infection
or reaction can occur if proper medical treatment
is not given immediately.
Contact a mechanic or supervisor if a leak is
discovered.

3-8

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
BATTERY

CHECKING THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
The flooded (wet) lead-acid battery requires
routine maintenance as described below. Check
the battery electrolyte level weekly.
NOTE: Do Not check the electrolyte level if the
machine is equipped with the battery watering
system. Proceed to the BATTERY WATERING
SYSTEM (OPTION).

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake (if equipped), and
remove key.
The lifetime of the battery depends on proper
maintenance. To get the most life from the battery:
–

Do not leave the battery partially discharged
for long period of time.

–

Only charge the battery in a well ventilated
area to prevent gas build up. Charge batteries
in areas with ambient temperatures 27°C
(80°F) or less.

–

Maintain the proper electrolyte levels of the
flooded (wet) battery by checking levels
weekly.

The following steps do not apply if Opportunity
charging (See OPPORTUNITY CHARGING
section.
–

Do not charge the battery more than once a
day and only after running the machine for a
minimum of 15 minutes.

–

Allow the charger to completely charge the
battery before reusing the machine.

08247

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, keep
all metal objects off batteries. Avoid contact
with battery acid.
The level should be slightly above the battery
plates as shown before charging. Add distilled
water if low. DO NOT OVERFILL. The electrolyte
will expand and may overflow when charging.
After charging, distilled water can be added up to
about 3 mm (0.12 in) below the sight tubes.

Before Charging

After Charging

NOTE: Make sure the battery caps are in place
while charging. There may be a sulfur smell after
charging batteries. This is normal.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-9

MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE-FREE BATTERIES
Maintenance-free batteries do not require
watering. Cleaning and other routine maintenance
is still required.
CHECKING CONNECTIONS / CLEANING
After every 200 hours of use check for loose
battery connections and clean the surface of the
batteries, including terminals and cable clamps,
with a strong solution of baking soda and water.
Replace any worn or damaged wires. Do not
remove battery caps when cleaning batteries.

3-10

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
CHARGING THE BATTERY
IMPORTANT: Before charging, make sure that
the machine and charger settings are properly
set for the battery type.

6. Connect the charger connector to the battery
cable.

NOTE: Use a charger with the proper rating for
the batteries to prevent damage to the batteries or
reduce the battery life.
NOTE: Do not opportunity charge standard
batteries since doing so can shorten battery life.
1. Drive the machine to a flat, dry surface in a
well-ventilated area.
2. Stop the machine and turn off the machine
power.

7. Turn on the battery charger if required.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
3. Lift the battery compartment top cover open
and engage the support.
NOTE: Make sure the batteries have the proper
electrolyte level before charging. See CHECKING
THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL.
4. Plug the charger AC power supply cord into a
properly grounded outlet.
5. Disconnect the battery cable from the machine
connector.

WARNING: Batteries emit hydrogen
gas. Explosion or fire can result. Keep
sparks and open flame away. Keep
covers open when charging.
NOTE: If there are charger fault codes when the
battery is plugged into the battery charger, the
fault codes will appear at the bottom of the charger
display. Refer to the battery charger manual for
fault code def nitions

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-11

MAINTENANCE
9. If necessary, press the navigation buttons to
access additional screens. Press the charger
stop / start / enter button to enter selection.
The charger will return to the default screen.
Refer to manufacturers operator manual for
additional information.

8. Observe the charger display. CHARGE
appears on the display when the battery is
charging. This is the charger default screen.

Charger Display:

A

B

C
D
E

G

NOTE: If the charger cable must be disconnected
from the battery before they are fully charged,
press the charger stop / start / enter button to stop
charging. Be sure STOP appears on the display
and the red stop charge light is illuminated before
disconnecting the battery charger cable.

F

A. Charge profile number
B. Charger rating (Volts and Current)
C. Battery voltage (Volts)
D. Charger current (Amperes)
E. Ampere hours charged
F. Time charged (hours / minutes / seconds)
G. Charging phase (Phase 1 / Phase 2 / Phase
3 / Maintenance)

3-12

10. The charger status indicators will illuminate
from left to the right as the battery is charging.
COMPLETE will appear in the display, all the
charger status indicators will be illuminated,
and the Tennant charger will stop charging
when the battery is completely charged.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
11. After the batteries have completely charged,
disconnect the charger connector from the
battery cable connector.

BATTERY CHARGER USB PORT
The battery charger USB port is for maintenance
computer access to the charger by authorized
service personnel only. Do Not plug cell phones
or other unauthorized electronic devices into the
battery charger USB port. Do Not plug anything
into the USB port while the battery is charging.

12. Reconnect the battery connector to the
machine connector.

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine do
not disconnect the off-board charger’s DC
cord from the machine receptacle when the
charger is operating. Arcing may result. If the
charger must be interrupted during charging,
disconnect the AC power supply cord first.
13. Close the battery compartment top cover.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-13

MAINTENANCE
OPPORTUNITY CHARGING (OPTION)
Opportunity charging is used to extend machine
run time and productivity by allowing batteries to
be charged during breaks, lunch, between shifts,
or whenever there is an “opportunity” to charge.

5. Connect the charger connector to the battery
cable.

IMPORTANT: Before charging, make sure that
the machine and charger settings are properly
set for the battery type.
NOTE: The machine must be equipped with a
battery capable of being opportunity charged. Do
not opportunity charge standard batteries since
doing so can shorten battery life.
1. Drive the machine to a flat, dry surface in a
well-ventilated area.
2. Stop the machine and turn off the machine
power.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

6. The battery will be opportunity charged during
the break.
7. When ready to start using the machine again
press the charger stop / start button to stop the
charger.

3. Lift the battery compartment top cover open
and engage the support.
NOTE: Make sure the batteries have the proper
electrolyte level before charging. See CHECKING
THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL.
4. Disconnect the battery cable from the machine
connector.

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine do not
disconnect the off-board charger’s DC cord
from the machine receptacle when the charger
is operating. Arcing may result. If the charger
must be interrupted during charging, press
charger stop / start button to stop charger.
8. Disconnect the charger connector from the
battery cable connector.

3-14

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
9. Reconnect the battery connector to the
machine connector.

The yellow charging indicator will go out and the
green charge complete indicator will be illuminated
when the battery equalization charge is complete.

10. Close the battery compartment top cover.
WEEKLY EQUALIZATION CHARGE
The opportunity charger is programmed to
automatically provide a full equalization charge at
a designated weekly interval.
IMPORTANT: The weekly equalization charge
must be completed in its entirety. If it is
interrupted during charging, it must be allowed
to complete the equalization charge the next
time it is started or it could damage the battery
or severely shorten the battery life.
NOTE: Sunday is the default day for the charger
to conduct a full equalization charge to the battery.
The default day can be changed to another
day if necessary. Consult a Tennant service
representative about changing the default day.
Allow the charger to fully complete the equalization
charge. The yellow charging indicator will be
illuminated and the charging status will be
displayed in the graphic display.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-15

MAINTENANCE
BATTERY WATERING SYSTEM (OPTION)
The optional battery watering system provides
a safe and easy way to maintain the proper
electrolyte levels in the batteries.

4. Connect the battery watering system hose to
the battery fill hose.

Check the battery watering system hoses and
connections for damage or wear after every 100
hours.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
1. Lift the battery compartment cover open and
engage the support.
5. Turn on the water supply. The indicator inside
the flow indicator will spin. The indicator stops
spinning when the batteries are full.

2. Fully charge batteries prior to using the battery
watering system. Do not add water to batteries
before charging, the electrolyte level will
expand and may overflow when charging. See
CHARGING THE BATTERIES.
3. Connect the battery watering system hose to
the water supply source.
NOTE: Water quality is important to maintain the
life of the battery. Always use water that meets
battery manufacturer requirements.

6. Disconnect the battery watering system hose
from the water supply hose.
7. Turn off the water supply.
8. After adding water, return the battery watering
system hose to the storage location for future
use.

NOTE: The water supply to the battery water
system must always be 7.57 LPM (2 GPM) or
more. Use the purger to conf rm the water supply
pressure. Refer to manufacturer Operator Manual
for additional information.

3-16

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS, FUSES, AND RELAYS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit breaker 21 is located inside the optional
light assembly mounted on top of the recovery
tank.

Circuit breakers are resettable electrical circuit
protection devices designed to stop the flow of
current in the event of a circuit overload. Once
a circuit breaker is tripped, reset it manually by
pressing the reset button after the breaker has
cooled down.
Circuit breakers 1 through 9 are located under the
operator seat behind the battery compartment side
cover.
If the overload that caused the circuit breaker to
trip is still present, the circuit breaker will continue
to stop current flow until the problem is corrected.
The chart below shows the circuit breakers and the
electrical components they protect.

Circuit breakers 10 through 15 are located behind
the steering shroud access panel.

Circuit breakers 16 through 20 are located in the
hopper compartment.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Circuit
Breaker

Rating

Circuit Protected

CB1

60A

CB2

-

CB3

35A

Side brush scrub module
(Option)

CB4

2.5A

Key switch

CB5

2.5A

Water pick up module

CB6

2.5A

Scrub module

CB7

2.5A

Side brush scrub module
(Option)

CB8

2.5A

ec-H2O power module (Option)

CB9

2.5A

ec-H2O pump module (Option)

CB10

15A

Spray nozzle (Option)

Water pickup module
Not used

CB11

15A

Lights (Option)

CB12

2.5A

Lights (Option)

CB13

2.5A

Strobe light / Flashing light on
overhead guard (Option)

CB14

2.5A

Strobe light / Flashing light on
overhead recovery tank
(Option)

CB15

30A

Power steering (Option)

CB16

60A

Lift module

CB17

15A

Sweep module

CB18

40A

Sweep vacuum 1

CB19

40A

Sweep vacuum 2

CB20

40A

Dry vacuum (Option)

CB21

2.5A

Alarm / Flashing light (Option)

3-17

MAINTENANCE
FUSES

ELECTRIC MOTORS

Fuses are one-time protection devices designed
to stop the flow of current in the event of a circuit
overload. Never substitute higher value fuses
than specified.

Inspect the carbon brushes on the scrubbing
vacuum fan motors after every 500 hours of
operation. Inspect the carbon brushes on the
sweeping and scrubbing side brush motors
after the first 1000 hours of operation and every
100 hours after the initial check. Refer to the
table below for carbon brush inspection
intervals.
Carbon Brush Inspection

Hours

Side brush motors - Sweeping (Option)

1000*

Side brush motor - Scrubbing (Option)

1000*

Scrubbing vacuum fan motor

500

*Inspect carbon brushes every 100 hours after the
initial 1000 hour change.
The fuses are located in the control box behind the
circuit breaker panel or inline on harnesses and
cables.
Fuse

Rating

Fuse-1

150A

Propelling

Fuse-2

100A

Scrub module power

Fuse-3

2A

Fuse-4

150A

Circuit Protected

Telemetry (inline, Option)
Sweep (inline)

RELAYS
Relays are electrical switches that open and close
under the control of another electrical circuit.
Relays are able to control an output circuit of
higher power than the input circuit. The relays
are located in the control box behind the circuit
breaker panel.
Refer to the table below for the relays and circuits
controlled.
Relay

Rating

M1

36 VDC, 200 A

M2

36 VDC, 5 A

M3

36 VDC, 100 A

Auxiliary line contactor

M4

36 VDC, 200A

Sweep contactor

3-18

Circuit Controlled
Main contactor
Backup alarm / light
(Option)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
HOPPER DUST FILTER / PERMA-FILTER

3. Remove the dust filter from the hopper.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, set parking
brake, turn off machine, and remove key.
REMOVING / REPLACING THE HOPPER DUST
FILTER
Shake the dust filter at the end of every shift
and before removing the filter from the machine.
Inspect and clean the filter after every 100 hours
of operation. Replace damaged dust filters.
NOTE: Clean the f lter more often if used in
extremely dusty conditions.

4. Clean or discard the dust filter element. Refer
to CLEANING THE DUST FILTER.

1. Remove the hopper cover from the hopper.

5. Clean dust and debris from the dust filter tray.
See CLEANING THE HOPPER DUST FILTER.

2. Remove the dust filter cover.
6. Reinstall the dust filter.
7. Reinstall the dust filter
cover.
8. Reinstall the hopper cover.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-19

MAINTENANCE
CLEANING THE HOPPER DUST FILTER

INSPECTING / CLEANING THE PERMA-FILTER

Use one of the following methods to clean the
dust filter:

Inspect and clean the Perma-Filter after every 100
hours of operation.

SHAKING-Press the f ltershakerswitch .
TAPPING-Tap the filter gently on a flat surface. Do
not damage the edges of the filter. The filter will
not seal properly if the edges of the filter are
damaged.

AIR-Always wear eye protection when using
compressed air. Blow air through the center of the
filter and out toward the exterior. Never use more
than 550 kPa (80 psi) of air pressure with a nozzle
no smaller than 3 mm (0.13 in) and never hold the
nozzle closer than 50 mm (2 in) to the filter.

THERMO-SENTRY
The Thermo-Sentry, located inside the
hopper, senses the temperature of the air pulled
up from the hopper. If there is a fire in the hopper,
the Thermo-Sentry stops the vacuum fan and
cuts off the air flow. The Thermo-Sentry
automatically resets after cooling down.

3-20

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
MAIN SCRUB BRUSHES

3. Open the main brush access door and side
squeegee support door.

The machine can be equipped with either disk or
cylindrical scrub brushes. Check scrub brushes
daily for wire or string tangled around the brush or
brush drive hub. Also check brushes or pads for
damage and wear.
DISK BRUSHES AND PADS
Replace the pads when they no longer clean
effectively. Replace the brushes when they no
longer clean effectively or when the bristles are
worn to the yellow indicator.
4. Turn the brush until the spring handles are
visible.

Cleaning pads must be placed on pad drivers
before they are ready to use. The cleaning pad is
held in place with a center disk. Both sides of the
pad can be used for scrubbing. Turn the pad over
to use the other side.
Cleaning pads need to be cleaned immediately
after use with soap and water. Do not wash the
pads with a pressure washer. Hang pads, or lay
pads flat to dry.

5. Squeeze the spring handles and let the brush
drop to the floor. Remove the brush from under
the scrub head.

NOTE: Always replace brushes and pads in
sets. Otherwise one brush or pad will be more
aggressive than the other.
REPLACING DISK SCRUB BRUSHES OR PAD
DRIVERS
1. Raise the scrub head.
2. Turn off the machine.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-21

MAINTENANCE
6. Set the brush spring open on the new brush to
make installation easier.

REPLACING DISK SCRUB PADS
1. Remove the pad driver from the machine.
2. Squeeze the spring clip together and remove
the center disk from the pad driver.

7. Push the new brush under the scrub head,
align the brush drive socket with the brush
drive hub, and lift the brush up onto the brush
drive hub until the brush locks onto the hub.

8. Ensure the brush is securely mounted on the
brush drive hub.

3. Remove the scrub pad from the pad driver.

9. Close and secure the squeegee support door
and close the main brush access door.

4. Flip or replace the scrub pad. Center the scrub
pad on the pad driver and reinstall the center
disk to secure the pad in place on the pad
driver.

10. Repeat procedure for the other brushes.

5. Reinstall the pad driver onto the machine.

3-22

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
CYLINDRICAL SCRUB BRUSHES

3. Remove the idler plate from the scrub head.

Rotate the brushes from front-to-rear after every
50 hours of operation.
Replace the brushes when they no longer clean
effectively.
NOTE: Replace worn brushes in pairs. Scrubbing
with brushes of unequal bristle length will result in
diminished scrubbing performance.
REPLACING CYLINDRICAL SCRUB BRUSHES
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

4. Remove the brush from the scrub head.

1. Open the main brush access door and side
squeegee support door.

2. Lift the idler plate retainer handle and unhook
the retainer ring from the idler plate hook.

5. Position the brush with the double row end
towards the scrub head opening. Guide the
new brush onto the drive hub.
6. If rotating the brushes, always rotate the front
with the back so that they wear evenly. They
may be rotated end for end as well.

A

B

Before

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

B

A

After

3-23

MAINTENANCE
7. Slide the idler plate up into the scrub head.

8. Secure the idler plate into place with the idler
plate retainer.

NOTE: Do not switch the left or right idler plates or
the brushes will need to be readjusted by trained
personnel.
9. Close and secure the squeegee support door
and close the main brush access door.
10. Repeat for the brush on the other side of the
scrub head.

3-24

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
MAIN SWEEP BRUSHES

3. Remove the knob and the main sweep brushes
idler plate.

Check the brush daily for wear or damage.
Remove any string or wire tangled on the main
brush, main brush drive hub, or main brush idler
hub.

Rotate the brush end-for-end after every 50 hours
of operation, for maximum brush life and best
sweeping performance. Refer to REPLACING OR
ROTATING THE MAIN BRUSH.
Replace the brushes when they no longer clean
effectively.
REPLACING THE MAIN SWEEPING BRUSH
1. Raise the sweeping main brush and turn off
the machine.

4. Pull the brushes from the main sweep
compartment.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. Open the main sweeping brush compartment
access door.

5. Replace or rotate the main brushes end-forend.
6. Slide the brushes into the main sweep brush
compartment and all the way onto the drive
hubs.
7. Reinstall the main sweep brushes idler plate.
8. Close the main sweeping brush compartment
access door.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-25

MAINTENANCE
SIDE BRUSH(ES)
Check the side brush(es) daily for wear or
damage. Remove any tangled string or wire from
the side brush(es) or side brush drive hubs.

4. Place the side brush underneath the side
brush assembly and align the channel in the
retainer with the retainer pin in the side brush
hub.

REPLACING THE SWEEPING SIDE BRUSHES
Replace the brushes when they no longer clean
effectively.
1. Raise the side brush assembly and turn off the
machine.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. Reach into the center of the brush and remove
the cotter pin and washer holding the brush
and the retainer to the hub.

5. Lift the side brush, retainer, and washer up
onto the side brush hub and reinstall the cotter
pin into the hub.
ADJUSTING THE SWEEPING SIDE BRUSHES
Check the side brush pattern after every 50 hours
of operation. The right side brush bristles should
touch the floor between 10 o’clock and 3 o’clock
and the left side brush bristles should touch the
floor between 9 o’clock and 2 o’clock when the
brushes are in motion.

3. Remove the side brush and retainer from
under the side brush assembly.

350327

3-26

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
TO ADJUST SWEEPING SIDE BRUSH STANDARD PANEL
1. Turn on the machine.

5. Press the left (-) button to raise the brush
or the right (+) button to lower it to obtain
the correct brush pattern. The indicator bars
increase as the brush gets lower.

2. Press and hold the sweeping side brush button
until the side brush height adjustment screen
appears in the LCD display.

6. Press the sweeping side brush button to
save the setting and return to the side brush
adjustment text prompt.
NOTE: The Contrast Control and Conf guration
Mode buttons are used for selecting and adjusting
the side brush height.
3. Press the desired sweeping side brush button
to select it. The selected side brush will lower
and spin.

7. Repeat previous instructions to adjust the
other sweeping side brush.
8. Recheck the brush patterns. Adjust brush
height as necessary.
NOTE: Contact a Tennant service representative if
there is a f at pattern (full circle) after the sweeping
side brushes have been adjusted.

4. Observe the brush pattern

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-27

MAINTENANCE
TO ADJUST SWEEPING SIDE BRUSH - PROPANEL
1. Turn on the machine.
2. Press and hold the sweeping side brush button
until the side brush height adjustment screen
appears in the display.

3. Press the yes button.

5. Observe the brush pattern.
6. Press the up button to raise the brush or the
down button to lower it to obtain the correct
brush pattern. The indicator moves up / down
to show the change in brush height.

Press the home button to save the setting
and navigate back to the main operating
screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.
7. Press the back button to return to the “select
side to adjust” screen.
8. Repeat previous instructions to adjust the
other sweeping side brush.
9. Recheck the brush patterns. Adjust brush
pressure as necessary.

4. Press the desired sweeping side brush button
to adjust it. The selected brush will lower and
spin.

3-28

NOTE: Contact a Tennant service representative if
there is a f at pattern (full circle) after the sweeping
side brushes have been adjusted.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
REPLACING THE SCRUBBING SIDE BRUSH
(OPTION)

3. Squeeze the spring handles and let the side
brush drop to the floor.

Replace the pads when they no longer clean
effectively. Replace the brushes when they no
longer clean effectively or when the bristles are
worn down to the yellow indicators.

4. Remove the side brush from under the side
brush assembly.

1. Raise the side brush assembly and turn off the
machine.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. If necessary, remove the scrubbing side brush
squeegee assembly to make access to the
scrubbing side brush easier.
5. Set the brush spring open on the new brush to
make installation easier.

6. Place the new side brush underneath the side
brush assembly and lift the side brush up onto
the side brush hub until the brush locks onto
the hub.
7. Reinstall the scrubbing side brush squeegee
assembly.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-29

MAINTENANCE
SQUEEGEE BLADES

3. Loosen both squeegee mounting handles.

Check the squeegee blades for damage and wear
daily. When the blades become worn, rotate the
blades end-for-end or top-to-bottom to a new
wiping edge. Replace blades when all edges are
worn.
Check the deflection of the squeegee blades daily
or when scrubbing a different type of surface.
Check the leveling of the rear squeegee every 50
hours of operation.
REPLACING (OR ROTATING) THE REAR
SQUEEGEE BLADES
1. If necessary, lower the rear bumper door /
step.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the rear
squeegee assembly

4. Pull the rear squeegee assembly from the
machine.

3-30

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
5. Loosen the rear retainer latch and remove
the latch and the retainer from the squeegee
assembly.

7. Place the rotated or new squeegee blade
onto the rear squeegee assembly. Be sure the
squeegee is securely attached on each tab on
the rear squeegee assembly.

8. Insert the hinge end of the retainer into the
hooks in the rear squeegee assembly.

6. Remove the rear squeegee from the squeegee
assembly.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-31

MAINTENANCE
9. Install the retainer along the rest of the
squeegee assembly, align the tabs on the
squeegee assembly into the slots in the
retainer, and tighten the latch onto the other
end of the squeegee assembly.

11. Loosen the front retainer latch and remove
the latch and the retainer from the squeegee
assembly.

12. Remove the front squeegee from the
squeegee assembly.

10. Turn the rear squeegee assembly over to
access the front of the squeegee assembly.

3-32

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
13. Install the rotated or new squeegee blade onto
the squeegee assembly. Be sure the holes in
the squeegee blade are hooked onto the tabs.

14. Install the front squeegee retainer onto the rear
squeegee assembly.

15. Reinstall the rear squeegee assembly onto the
machine
16. Raise the rear bumper door / step if it
was lowered to access the rear squeegee
assembly.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-33

MAINTENANCE
LEVELING THE REAR SQUEEGEE
Leveling the squeegee ensures the entire length
of the squeegee blade is in even contact with the
surface being scrubber.
1. Lower the squeegee and drive the machine
several meters (feet) forward and slowly bring
the machine to a stop.

6. Turn the squeegee tilt adjust knob counterclockwise to decrease the deflection at the
ends of the squeegee blade.
Turn the squeegee tilt adjust knob clockwise
to increase the deflection at the ends of the
squeegee blade.

2. Check the squeegee deflection over the full
length of the squeegee blade.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
3. Lower the rear bumper door / step.
4. If the deflection is not the same over the full
length of the blade, use the tilt adjust knob to
make adjustments.
DO NOT disconnect the vacuum hose from the
squeegee frame when leveling squeegee.
5. To adjust the squeegee leveling, loosen the tilt
lock knob.

7. Tighten the tilt lock knob.
8. Drive the machine forward with the squeegee
down to recheck the squeegee blade deflection
if adjustments were made.
9. Readjust the squeegee blade deflection if
necessary.
10. Raise the Rear bumper door / step when
finished leveling the rear squeegee.

3-34

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTING THE REAR SQUEEGEE BLADE
DEFLECTION
Deflection is the amount of curl the overall
squeegee blade has when the machine moves
forward. The best deflection is when the
squeegee wipes the floor dry with a minimal
amount of deflection.

4. To adjust the overall squeegee blade
deflection, loosen the lock knobs on both sides
of the machine.

NOTE: Make sure the squeegee is level before
adjusting the def ection.SeeLEVELINGTHE
REAR SQUEEGEE.
1. Lower the squeegee and drive the machine
several meters (feet) forward and slowly bring
the machine to a stop.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. Look at the amount of deflection or “curl” of
the squeegee blade. The correct amount of
deflection is 12 mm (0.50 in) for scrubbing
smooth floors and 15 mm (0.62 in) for rough
floors.

5. Turn the adjustment knobs clockwise to
increase deflection or counterclockwise to
decrease deflection.

6. Retighten the lock knobs.
7. Drive the machine forward again to recheck
the squeegee blade deflection.
3. Lower the rear bumper door / step.

8. Readjust the squeegee blade deflection if
necessary.
9. Raise the rear bumper door / step when
finished adjusting the rear squeegee blade
deflection.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-35

MAINTENANCE
REPLACING OR ROTATING THE SIDE
SQUEEGEE BLADES

5. Remove the squeegee blade from the side
squeegee assembly.

1. If necessary, raise the scrub head.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
2. Open the main brush access door and side
squeegee support door.

6. Install the rotated or new rear squeegee blade
onto the side squeegee assembly.
7. Hook the retaining band onto the retaining
band retainer tab on the side squeegee
assembly.

3. Unhook the retaining band latch from the side
squeegee assembly.

8. Fasten the retaining band latch onto the side
squeegee assembly.

4. Remove the retaining band from the side
squeegee assembly.

9. Close and secure the squeegee support door
and close the main brush access door.
10. Repeat for the side squeegee on the other side
of the scrub head.

3-36

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
REPLACING OR ROTATING THE SCRUBBING
SIDE BRUSH SQUEEGEE BLADES (OPTION)

3. Remove the retaining band, squeegee blades,
and spacer from the squeegee frame.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
Check the side brush squeegee blades for
damage and wear daily. Replace or rotate a blade
if the leading edge is torn or worn half-way through
the thickness of the blade.
1. Loosen the side brush squeegee assembly
handle and remove the squeegee assembly
from the machine.
NOTE: Observe which squeegee slots were
installed on the squeegee frame before removing
the squeegee.

2. Loosen the retaining band latch.

NOTE: The squeegee blade(s) have slots
for adjusting the squeegee blade def ection.
Install / reinstall squeegees so the def ection is
approximately 12 mm (0.50 in) for smooth f oors
and 15 mm (0.62 in) for rough f oors.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-37

MAINTENANCE
4. Install the rotated / new squeegee blades,
spacer, and retaining band onto the side brush
assembly. Be sure the holes in the squeegee
blade are hooked onto the tabs.

5. Fasten the side brush retaining band latch.

6. Reinstall the side brush squeegee assembly
onto the side brush assembly.

3-38

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
SKIRTS AND SEALS
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

RECOVERY TANK SEAL
Check the recovery tank cover seal for damage
and wear daily.

SWEEPING RECIRCULATION SKIRTS
Inspect the recirculation skirts for damage and
wear after every 50 hours of operation.

SOLUTION TANK SEAL
Check the solution tank cover seal for damage and
wear daily.
SWEEPING SIDE SKIRTS
The side skirts are located on both sides of the
main sweeping brushes. The side skirts should be
just touching the floor. Check the skirts after
every 50 hours of operation for damage and
wear.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-39

MAINTENANCE
SCRUB HEAD SKIRTS (DISK SCRUB HEADS
ONLY)
Check the scrub head skirts for damage and wear
after every 50 hours of operation.

HOPPER SEALS
Check the seals for damage and wear after every
100 hours of operation.

HOPPER DUST FILTER SEAL
Check the hopper dust filter cover seal for wear
or damage every 100 hours of operation. Clean
dust and debris from the seal as necessary.

3-40

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
BELTS

BRAKES

CYLINDRICAL BRUSH DRIVE BELTS

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
The brush drive belts are located on the cylindrical
brush scrub head. Check the belts for damage and
wear after every 200 hours of operation.

The foot brake and the parking brake operate
the linkage that controls the brakes on the rear
wheels.
The foot pedal should not travel more than
25 mm (1 in) to engage the brake. Check the brake
adjustment after every 200 hours of operation.

SWEEPING BRUSH DRIVE BELTS
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
The sweeping brush drive belts are located on the
left side of the main sweep head. Check the belts
for damage and wear after every 200 hours of
operation.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TIRES
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
The machine has three solid rubber tires: one in
front, and two in the rear of the machine. Check
tires for damage and wear after every 500 hours of
operation.

3-41

MAINTENANCE
PUSHING, TOWING, AND TRANSPORTING THE
MACHINE
PUSHING OR TOWING THE MACHINE
FOR SAFETY: When servicing the machine,
do not push or tow the machine without an
operator in the seat controlling the machine.
If the machine becomes disabled, it can be pushed
from the front or rear, but it can only be towed from
the front.
Only push or tow the machine for a very short
distance and do not exceed 3.2 kp/h (2 mph). It
is NOT intended to be pushed or towed for a long
distance or at a high speed.
ATTENTION! Do not push or tow machine for
a long distance or damage may occur to the
propelling system.

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE
1. Raise the squeegee, scrub head, and brushes.
2. Raise the hopper enough to clear ground and
remove the rear squeegee if backing up onto a
ramp grade of 14% or greater.
FOR SAFETY: When loading/unloading
machine onto/off truck or trailer, drain tanks
before loading machine.
3. Position the back end of the machine at the
loading edge of the truck or trailer.
4. If the loading surface is not horizontal or is
higher than 380 mm (15 in) from the ground,
use a winch to load machine.
If the loading surface is horizontal AND is
380 mm (15 in) or less from the ground, the
machine may be driven onto the truck or trailer.

FOR SAFETY: When loading machine onto
truck or trailer, use winch. Do not drive the
machine onto the truck or trailer unless the
loading surface is horizontal AND is 380 mm
(15 in) or less from the ground.
5. Back the machine onto the trailer or truck.

3-42

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
6. To winch the machine onto the truck or trailer,
attach the winching chains to the holes in the
front jacking brackets located on both sides
of the machine, between the hopper and the
main scrub head.

10. Connect the tie-down straps to the holes in
the rear jacking brackets at the front of the
machine.

7. Position the machine as close to the front of
the trailer or truck as possible. If the machine
starts to veer off the center line of the truck
or trailer, stop and turn the steering wheel to
center the machine.
NOTE: Do not position the front of machine
against the trailer. The hopper / sweeping
assemblies could be damaged due to contact
of the front of the machine with the trailer during
transport.
11. Turn off machine and remove the key after the
machine is secured.
UNLOADING THE MACHINE
1. Set parking brake and turn key to the ON
position.
NOTE: The drive wheel dynamic brake system is
active when the key is in the ON position.
2. Unstrap machine and remove the blocks.
FOR SAFETY: When loading/unloading
machine onto/off truck of trailer, stop on a level
surface, set parking brake and leave the key
in the ON position until all tie-down straps are
secure.
NOTE: The drive wheel dynamic brake system is
active when the key is in the ON position.
8. Place a block behind each wheel to prevent
the machine from rolling.
9. Lower the hopper, scrub head, and rear
squeegee.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3. If the loading surface is not horizontal or is
higher than 380 mm (15 in) from the ground,
use a winch to unload machine.
If the loading surface is horizontal AND is
380 mm (15 in) or less from the ground, the
machine may be driven off the truck or trailer.
FOR SAFETY: When unloading machine off
truck or trailer, use winch. Do not drive the
machine off the truck or trailer unless the
loading surface is horizontal AND 380 mm
(15 in) or less from the ground.

3-43

MAINTENANCE
MACHINE JACKING

Jack stand locations at the front of the machine.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
Empty the hopper, recovery and solution tanks
before jacking the machine.
Jacking point locations at the front of all machines.

Jacking point location at the rear of all machines.

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, block
machine tires before jacking machine up. Use
a hoist or jack that will support the weight of
the machine. Jack machine up at designated
locations only. Support machine with jack
stands.

3-44

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
ec-H2O MODULE FLUSH PROCEDURE

4. Connect the drain hose to the ec-H2O outlet
hose.

This procedure is only required when the
red indicator light begins to flash and there
is an audible alarm.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, and set parking brake.
1. Open the right shroud to access the ec-H2O
assembly.
2. Press the connector button to disconnect the
outlet hose from the ec-H2O manifold.
5. Place the drain hose into a empty container.

NOTE: Look for arrows on the hose near where
the hose is coming from the bottom of the ec-H2O
assembly to determine which hose is the outlet
hose.

6. Pour 2 gallons (7.6 liters) of white or rice
vinegar into the solution tank.

3. Remove the drain hose from the ec-H2O
compartment.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-45

MAINTENANCE
7. Turn on the machine.
8. Press and release the ec-H2O module flush
switch to start the flush cycle.

NOTE: The module will automatically shut off
when the f ush cycle is complete (approximately 7
minutes). The module must run the full 7-minute
cycle in order to reset the system indicator light
and alarm.
9. Pour 2 gallons (7.6 liters) of cool clean water
into the solution tank.
10. Press and release the flush switch to rinse any
remaining vinegar from the module. After 1-2
minutes, press the flush switch to turn off the
module.
11. Disconnect the drain hose from the ec-H2O
manifold hose.
12. Reconnect the outlet hose to the ec-H2O
manifold hose.
13. Return the drain hose to storage location in the
ec-H2O compartment.
14. Close the right shroud.

3-46

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
STORAGE INFORMATION
The following steps should be taken when storing
the machine for extended periods of time.

3. Machines equipped with optional detergent
tank only: Pour 1.9 L (1/2 gal) of Propylene
Glycol Based / Recreational Vehicle (RV)
antifreeze into the detergent tank.

1. Charge the batteries before storing machine
to prolong the life of the batteries. Recharge
batteries once a month.
2. Disconnect batteries before storing.
3. Thoroughly drain and rinse the solution and
recovery tanks.
4. Store the machine in a dry area with the
squeegee and scrub head in the up position.
ATTENTION: Do not expose machine to rain,
store indoors.
5. Open the recovery tank cover to promote air
circulation.

4. Turn on the machine.
5. Press the 1-STEP button.

6. If storing machine in freezing temperatures,
proceed to FREEZE PROTECTION.
NOTE: To prevent potential machine damage store
machine in a rodent and insect free environment.
FREEZE PROTECTION
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, and set parking brake.
1. Completely drain the solution tank, recovery
tank, and detergent tank.
2. Pour 7.6 L (2 gal) of Propylene Glycol Based
/ Recreational Vehicle (RV) antifreeze into the
solution tank.

Standard Panel

6. Repeatedly press the solution increase button
(+) until the solution flow is at the highest
setting.

Standard Panel

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Pro-Panel

Pro-Panel

3-47

MAINTENANCE
7. Standard control panel machines with
severe environment switch option only:
Press the bottom of the severe environment
switch to activate the severe environment
scrubbing system.
Prop-Panel machines with severe
environment button option only: Press and
hold the severe environment button to activate
the severe environment scrubbing

9. Drive the machine to circulate the antifreeze
completely through all the systems and clear
out any remaining water.
10. Machines with scrubbing side brush option
only: Press the side brush switch to turn off
the side brush.
11. Stop the machine.
12. Machines with spray nozzle option only:
Operate the wand for a few seconds to protect
the pump.
13. Press the 1-STEP button to turn off the system.
14. Turn off the machine.
15. The remaining antifreeze does not need to be
drained from the solution tank, recovery tank,
or detergent tank.

Standard Panel

Pro-Panel

8. Machines with scrubbing side brush option
only: Press the scrubbing side brush button to
activate the side brush.

Standard Panel

3-48

Pro-Panel

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
PREPARING THE MACHINE FOR OPERATION
AFTER STORAGE

6. Press the 1-STEP button.

All antifreeze must be completely cleaned from the
scrubbing system before the machine can be used
for scrubbing.
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, and set parking brake.
1. Completely drain all antifreeze from the
solution tank.
2. Rinse out the solution tank. Refer to
DRAINING AND CLEANING THE SOLUTION
TANK in the OPERATION section for
instructions how to clean the solution tank.
3. Pour 11.4 L (3 gal) of cool clean water into the
solution tank.

Standard Panel

7. Repeatedly press the solution increase button
(+) until the solution flow is at the highest
setting.

Standard Panel
4. Machines equipped with optional detergent
tank only: Pour 1.9 L (1/2 gal) of cool clean
water into the detergent tank.

Pro-Panel

Pro-Panel

NOTE: The ec-H2O systems on machines
equipped with ec-H2O must be primed before the
machine is ready for operation. See PRIMING
THE ec-H2O SYSTEM for additional instructions.

5. Turn on the machine.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-49

MAINTENANCE
8. Standard control panel machines with
severe environment switch option only:
Press the bottom of the severe environment
switch to activate the severe environment
scrubbing system.
Prop-Panel machines with severe
environment button option only: Press and
hold the severe environment button to activate
the severe environment scrubbing

10. Drive the machine until all water and antifreeze
is emptied from the tanks.
11. Machines with scrubbing side brush option
only: Press the side brush switch to turn off
the side brush.
12. Stop the machine.
13. Machines with spray nozzle option only:
Operate the wand for a few seconds to clean
the antifreeze from the pump.
14. Press the 1-STEP button to turn off the system.
15. Turn off the machine.

Standard Panel

Pro-Panel

9. Machines with scrubbing side brush option
only: Press the side brush switch to activate
the side brush.

Standard Panel

3-50

Pro-Panel

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

MAINTENANCE
PRIMING THE ec-H2O SYSTEM
Prime the ec-H2O system if the machine has
been stored for a long period with no water in the
solution tank / ec-H2O system.

NOTE: Look for arrows on the hose near where
the hose is coming from the bottom of the ec-H2O
assembly to determine which hose is the outlet
hose.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, and set parking brake.
1. Fill the solution tank with clean cool water. See
FILLING THE SOLUTION TANK section of this
manual.

4. Remove the drain hose from the ec-H2O
compartment.
5. Connect the drain hose to the ec-H2O outlet
hose.

2. Open the right shroud to access the ec-H2O
assembly.
3. Press the connector button to disconnect the
outlet hose from the ec-H2O manifold.

6. Place the drain hose into a empty container.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-51

MAINTENANCE
7. Turn on the machine.
8. Press and release the ec-H2O module flush
switch. Allow the system to drain water into the
container for 2 minutes.

9. Press the ec-H2O module flush switch to shut
off the system.
10. Disconnect the drain hose from the ec-H2O
manifold hose.
11. Reconnect the outlet hose to the ec-H2O
manifold hose.
12. Place the drain hose back into the ec-H2O
compartment.
13. Close the right shroud.

3-52

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
SUPERVISOR CONTROLS

3. Press the login button.

PRO-PANEL SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
The supervisor controls feature allows a supervisor
to program the machine scrubbing settings for
operator use. The lockout functionality will prevent
the operator from changing or saving the settings.
The supervisor controls feature will lower machine
variability for consistent, repeatable cleaning
results, machine quality assurance regardless
of user experience, and reduce user training
requirements.
There are two types of user modes that will
interface with the operator home screen:
Operator Mode - Capable of machine operation
with permissions and restrictions controlled by the
supervisor.

4. Use the keypad to enter the factory assigned
supervisor login number 1234 into the display
above the keypad. Press the enter button
when finished entering the supervisor login
number.

Supervisor Mode - Capable of machine operation
with full use of all controls, along with configuring
permissions and restrictions for the operator mode.
A new machine from the factory will automatically
start in the supervisor mode with a preassigned
default supervisor profile. The factory-assigned
supervisor login number is “1234”. This login
number is not required until it is enabled. The
default supervisor profile name and login number
can be changed as described in this section. If the
new assigned supervisor mode login number is
forgotten, use the recovery login code 836626826.
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE - FIRST
TIME USE ONLY
1. Turn on the machine. The main operating
screen will appear in the display..

Press the backspace button if necessary to
delete and reenter a number.
5. The supervisor machine operation screen
should appear in the display. Press the settings
button to access the supervisor settings
screen.

2. Press the help button to access the help
screen.

6. Proceed to ADDING / EDITING PROFILES.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-53

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE
1. Turn on the machine. The login screen will
appear on the display.
2. Use the keypad to enter the supervisor login
number into the display above the keypad.
Press the enter button when finished entering
the supervisor login number.

Press the backspace button if necessary to
delete and reenter a number.
3. The supervisor machine operation screen
should appear in the display. Press the settings
button to access the supervisor settings
screen.

3-54

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
SUPERVISOR SETTING SCREEN / SCREEN
ICONS
Use the supervisor maintenance screen to setup
/ change user passwords, user machine settings,
and other machine setup items.

Use the below menu buttons to access the various
supervisor setup menus / screens.
Press the video help button to access the
various machine help videos.
Press the Add / Edit Profiles button to add,
delete, and / or change machine user and
supervisor profiles. See ADDING /
EDITING PROFILES.
Press the Battery Type button to change
the type battery being used in the machine.
See CHANGING BATTERY TYPE.
Press the Enable Login button to activate a
required login number at machine start up
for all user profiles to operate machine.
Press the Disable Login button to
deactivate a login number at machine start
up for all user profiles to operate machine.
See DISABLING LOGIN
Press the Calibrate Touch button to
calibrate the touch screen if the touch
points become misaligned.
Press the Export Checklists button to
access the Export Checklists menu. See
EXPORTING CHECKLISTS.

Press the up arrow button to navigate up
through the menu items.
Press the down arrow button to navigate
down through the menu items.
Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Press the Checklists Setup button to
access the Checklist Setup menu. See
DISABLING / ENABLING THE PREOPERATION CHECKLIST.
Press the Camera Settings button to
access the Camera Settings screen.
See CHANGING REARVIEW CAMERA
SETTINGS.
Press the SYSTEM TIME button to access
the date / time screen. See SETTING /
CHANGING THE TIME AND DATE.

3-55

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
ADDING / EDITING PROFILES
1. Turn on the machine, log into the supervisor
screen, and press the settings button to
access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.

4. Press the Operator button to add a new
operator, or Supervisor button to add a new
supervisor.

2. Press the Add/Edit Profiles button to access
the Add/Edit Profiles screen.

NOTE: The default supervisor cannot be deleted
from the prof le list.
Press the Operator button to add / edit /
copy / delete an operator profile .
3. Press the Add Profile button to access the Add
Profile screen.

Press the Supervisor button to add /
edit / copy / delete a supervisor profile.
5. Use the keypad to enter the new user /
supervisor name. Press the enter button.

Press the Add Profile button to access the
screens and menus to add a new profile.
Press the Edit Profile button to edit an
existing profile.
Press the Copy Profile button to copy an
existing profile.
Press the Delete Profile button to delete
an existing profile.
Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.

3-56

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
6. Use the keypad to assign the new user /
supervisor a login number. The new login
number can be any combination of numbers
ranging from 3 to 8 digits in length. Press the
enter button. The “maximum speed” screen will
appear.

Press the backspace button if necessary to
delete and reenter a number.

8. Select the controls the new user should have
access to use. Green represents unlocked
controls and gray represents locked controls.
Press the flashing save button to save the new
profile.

Press the help button to access the help
screen.

7. Set the maximum speed for the machine.

Press the back button to return to the user
access page.
Press the increase arrow button to
increase the maximum speed.
Press the decrease arrow button to
decrease the maximum speed.

9. The new user profile is now saved to the
operator profile list. Multiple operator and
supervisor user profiles can be added. Press
the back arrow button to return to the previous
screen to add more user profiles or to enable
login.

Press the mph button to set the machine
speed to miles per hour.
Press the km/h button to set the machine
speed to kilometers per hour.
Press the enter button to set the maximum
speed for the machine.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-57

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
10. To enable the login number at start up, press
the Enable Login button.

ENABLING THE LOGIN
1. Turn on the machine, log into the supervisor
screen, and press the settings button to
access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Enable Login button.

The Enable Login button will change
from Enable Login to Disable Login. See
DISABLING LOGIN for instructions how to
disable login.
3. Press the yes button to enter the Default User
screen.

11. Now at machine start up, a login screen will
display. The new user will need to enter their
assigned login number to operate machine.
12. When the user is done operating the machine,
it is recommended the user log out by pressing
the help button, and then pressing the logout
button. Turning the key to the off position is
another way to also logout.

4. Press either the Operator button or Supervisor
button to select the desired default user.

13. Use the Edit Profile button, Copy Profile button,
and Delete Profile button to manage the
current user profiles.

3-58

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
DISABLING THE LOGIN
1. Turn on the machine, log into the supervisor
screen, and press the settings button to
access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.

5. Select a pre-assigned user profile. Turn off the
machine to apply the setting.

2. Press the Disable Login button.

6. At start up, the home screen is now set without
a login requirement for the operator profile as
the default.

3. Press the yes button to enter the Default User
screen.

4. Press either the Operator button or Supervisor
button to select the desired default user.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-59

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
CHANGING BATTERY TYPE
Changing the battery type allows the machine to
be programmed for the correct battery type if the
battery has been changed.

4. If a battery sub list appears on the screen,
press the button for the applicable battery from
the list.

IMPORTANT: Before charging, make sure
that the charger setting is properly set for the
battery type.
NOTE: Use a charger with the proper rating for the
battery to prevent damage to the battery or reduce
the battery life.
1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Battery Type button to access the
battery selection screen.

3. Press the button for the applicable battery from
the list. If necessary, use the up arrow button
and the down arrow button to navigate through
the list of batteries.

5. If Are You Sure appears on the screen, press
either the yes button or the no button.

NOTE: If yes button is pushed the supervisor
settings screen will reappear in the display. If the
no button is pushed the applicable battery sub list
will reappear in the display.
CALIBRATING THE TOUCH
1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Calibrate Touch button to recalibrate
touch. If the touch points become misaligned.

3-60

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
EXPORTING CHECKLISTS
Exporting the checklists allows the checklists to
be exported from the machine and to a flash drive.

4. Export the Pre-Operation Checklists from the
machine to the memory stick.

1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Plug the flash drive into the USB port.

Press the Export New button to export the
newly completed Pre-Operation Checklists
from the machine.
Press the Export All button to export all
completed Pre-Operation Checklists from
the machine.
3. Press the Export Checklists button to access
the export screen.

Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.
5. Remove the flash drive from USB port and turn
off the machine.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-61

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
CHECKLIST SETUP
Checklist setup allows the checklist to be setup /
changed to meet machine usage demands.
1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Checklist Setup button to access the
Pre-Operation checklist setup screen.

Press the up arrow button to scroll up
through Pre-Operation Checklist items.
Press the check box button to select a new
checklist item to add to the checklist.
Press either the video help button to view
the video related to a particular PreOperation Checklist item.
Press the Enter button to add the selected
Pre-Operation Checklist items(s) to the
Pre-Operation Checklist.
Press the help button to access the PreOperation Checklist help screen.

3. Press the Select Questions button to access
the Pre-Operation Checklist master list screen.

Press the back button to return to the PreOperation Checklist Master List screen.
4. Press the Every 24 hours button or the Every
Time button to set the interval the operator
must complete the Pre-Operation Checklist. A
check mark appears in the chosen interval.

Press the down arrow button to scroll
down through Pre-Operation Checklist
items.

3-62

Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
DISABLING / ENABLING THE PRE-OPERATION
CHECKLIST
Disabling / enabling the Pre-Operation checklist
allows the Pre-Operation checklist to be disabled
if it is not necessary for the operator to complete
the checklist prior to operating the machine
and enabled if it is necessary for the operator
to complete the checklist prior to operating the
machine.

3. Press the Disable Checklist button / Enable
Checklist button to disable / enable the PreOperation Checklist.

1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Checklist Setup button to access the
Pre-Operation Checklist setup screen.

Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-63

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
CHANGING THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
SETTINGS

PROGRAMMING THE ZONE CONTROL
BUTTONS

Changing the rear view camera settings allows the
time the rearview camera remains on when the
rearview camera button is pushed to be changed.
The rearview camera can be set to any time
between 5 seconds and 2 minutes.

Programming the zone control buttons allows
the parameters for the zone control buttons to be
changed / updated to meet scrubbing / sweeping
demands.

1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the Camera Settings button to access
the rear view camera settings screen.

1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Use the brush pressure increase (+) button
and the brush pressure decrease (-) button to
set the zone brush pressure.

3. Use the solution increase (+) button and the
solution decrease (-) button to set the zone
solution flow level.

Press the increase button to increase the
time the rear view camera remains on
when the operator presses the rearview
camera button.
Press the decrease button to decrease
the time the rear view camera remains on
when the operator presses the rearview
camera button.
Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.

3-64

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
4. Press and hold the zone control button until
the “name preset” screen appears.

6. Use the key pad to enter the name for the
zone control button.

5. Press the yes button to set the zone settings.
Press the no button to return to the main
operating screen.

Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.
Press the enter button to set the zone
button name.
Press the backspace button if necessary to
delete and reenter a number.
Press the space button to place space
between letters / numbers.
Press the pound button to toggle between
the number keypad and the letter keypad.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

3-65

SUPERVISOR CONTROLS
7. Press the enter button to set the zone button
settings. The main operating screen returns to
the display with the zone button named. The
brush pressure and solution flow setting also
briefly appear in the display.

Press the date button to change the
system date.
Press the time button to change the
system time.
SETTING / CHANGING THE DATE AND TIME
Setting / changing the date and time allow the
system date and time to be set / changed.
1. Turn on the machine, login to the main
operation screen, and press the setting button
to access the supervisor settings screen. See
ENTERING THE SUPERVISOR MODE.
2. Press the System Time button to access the
date / time screen.

Press the toggle button to toggle between
hours, minutes, and AM / PM on the time
screen and the month, day, and year on
the date screen.
Press the increase button advance the
time / date parameters.
Press the decrease button to reverse the
time / date parameters.
Press the home button to navigate back to
the main operating screen.
Press the back button to navigate back to
the previous screen.
3. Press the home button when finished setting /
changing the system date and time to return to
the main operating screen.

3-66

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING

SECTION
Contents

4

Page

TROUBLESHOOTING
ONBOARD DIAGNOSTICS. . . . . . . . . . 4-2
SELF-TEST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
CONFIGURATION MODE. . . . . . . . . 4-4
FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
PROPEL DIAGNOSTIC MODE . . . . . 4-11
CURTIS 1232SE CONTROLLER
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
DIAGNOSTIC LED OPERATION . . . 4-13
DIAGNOSTIC CODES. . . . . . . . . 4-14
INPUT DISPLAY MODE . . . . . . . . . 4-22
MANUAL MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
MOTORS MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
STATUS LED - POWER
STEERING (OPTION) . . . . . . . . 4-29
SUBSYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING 4-30
BACK-UP ALARM/LIGHT  . . . . . . . . 4-30
LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
MAIN SCRUB BRUSHES . . . . . . . . 4-34
SIDE SCRUB BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
POWER-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
PROPEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
REAR SQUEEGEE LIFT . . . . . . . . . 4-42
SCRUB HEAD LIFT  . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
SIDE SWEEP BRUSHES  . . . . . . . . . 4-46
SIDE SWEEP BRUSH LIFT  . . . . . . . . 4-50
SOLUTION CONTROL, CONVENTIONAL 4-52
MAIN BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
SIDE BRUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
SOLUTION CONTROL, ECH2O . . . . . 4-56
SEVERE ENVIRONMENT - SPOT
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
ES (EXTENDED SCRUB)
DETERGENT PUMP . . . . . . . . . 4-60
WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
SPRAY NOZZLE . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
SCRUB VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . 4-66
SWEEP VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . 4-68
HOPPER LIFT PUMP . . . . . . . . . . .4-70
HOPPER ROLL ACTUATOR . . . . . . . 4-74
MIDDLE SWEEP ACTUATOR . . . . . . 4-78
MIDDLE SWEEP BRUSH MOTORS . . . . 4-80
SHAKER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
DRY VACUUM FAN . . . . . . . . . . 4-84

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-1

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
SELF TEST MODE
Self Test Mode is an onboard diagnostic utility that tests
for open or shorted output circuits. Once completed,
open and/or shorted output pins are displayed on the
LCD (liquid crystal display).

3. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities until “SELF TEST”
appears on the LCD.

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY

STP001

PROPEL DIAG MODE

1.Turn Key Off.

SELF TEST
MOTORS MODE

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the brush pressure button to
activate the self test. “SELF-TEST STARTING” will appear
on the LCD.

****SELF-TEST***
STARTING
2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.
STP002

CONFIG MODE

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:

4-2

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP
Scrub
OFF
Scrub
Head
M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac OFF
Down
• Recovery Tank Full

TROUBLESHOOTING
5. The controller sequentially tests each output circuit
as shown below.

6. The self test results are displayed in “JX-X,X” format.
JX = Connector, “-X,X” = Control board output pins as
shown on the electrical schematic.
LCD MESSAGE

****SELF-TEST***
STARTING

Testing L Main Scrub Brush...
Testing R Main Scrub Brush...
Testing Side Scrub Brush...
Testing R Side Sweep Brush...
Testing L Side Sweep Brush...
Testing F Main Sweep Brush...
Testing R Main Sweep Brush...
Testing Dust Vac Motor 1...
Testing Dust Vac Motor 2...
Testing Pick-up Vac Motor 1...
Testing Pick-up Vac Motor 2...
Testing Filter Shaker...
Testing Main Scrub Actuator..
Testing Side Scrub Actuator..
Testing Main Sweep Actuator..
Testing L Side Sweep Actuator..
Testing R Side Sweep Actuator..
Testing Squeegee Actuator..
Testing Main Water Valve...
Testing Detergent Pump...
Testing Side Pump...
Testing Ec-H2O WaterSystem...
Testing Ec-H2O Side Valve...
Testing Ec-H2O Pump...
Testing ES Pump.
Testing Side Valve..
Testing Solution Auto-Fill Valve..
Testing Recovery Auto-Fill Valve..
Testing Horn...
Testing Alarm...
Test Propel CAN Communication...

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

S1: SELF-TEST "Done or "
S2:L Main F/L Scrub Br J10-1,2,3
S3:L Main F/L Scrub Br J10-1,2,3
S4:R Main R/R Scrub Br J11-4,5,6
S5:R Main R/R Scrub Br J11-4,5,6
S6:Side Scrub Br J6-1,2,3
S7:Side Scrub Br J6-1,2,3
S8:L Side Swp Br J4-17
S9:L Side Swp Br J4-17
S10:R Side Swp Br J4-16
S11:R Side Swp Br J4-16
S12:L Main Swp Br J7-1,2
S13:L Main Swp Br J7-1,2
S14:R Main Swp Br J7-1,3
S15:R Main Swp Br J7-1,3
S16:Dust Vac 1 J4-5,10
S17:Dust Vac 1 J4-5,10
S18:Dust Vac 2 J4-4,9
S19:Dust Vac 2 J4-4,9
S20:Pickup Vac 1 J7-1,2
S21:Pickup Vac 1 J7-1,2
S22:Pickup Vac 2 J7-3,4
S23:Pickup Vac 2 J7-3,4
S24:Filter Shkr J4-11,12
S25:Filter Shkr J4-11,12
S26:Main Scrub Act J4-9,10
S27:Main Scrub Act J4-9,10
S28:Main Scrub Act J4-9,10
S29:Side Scrub Act J4-7,8
S30:Side Scrub Act J4-7,8
S31:Side Scrub Act J4-7,8
S32:Main Swp Act J4-16,17
S33:Main Swp Act J4-16,17
S34:Main Swp Act J4-16,17
S35:L Side Swp Act J4-11,12
S36:L Side Swp Act J4-11,12
S37:R Side Swp Act J4-1,2

LCD MESSAGE
S38:R Side Swp Act J4-1,2
S39:Squeegee Act J6-17,18
S40:Squeegee Act J6-17,18
S41:Squeegee Act J6-17,18
S42:Main Water Vlv J4-17
S43:Main Water Vlv J4-17
S44:Detergent Pmp J4-14
S45:Detergent Pmp J4-14
S46:Side Scrub Pmp J4-4,10
S47:Side Scrub Pmp J4-4,10
S48:EcH2O Cell J5-3,4
S49:EcH2O Cell J5-3,4
S50:EcH2O Spargr J5-1,2
S51:EcH2O Spargr J5-1,2
S52:EcH2O Sde Vlv J4-1,2,5
S53:EcH2O Sde Vlv J4-1,2,5
S54:EcH2O Pump J4-4
S55:EcH2O Pump J4-4
S56:ES Pump J6-13,14
S57:ES Pump J6-13,14
S58:Side Valve J4-9
S59:Side Valve J4-9
S60:Sol AF Vlv J6-7,12
S61:Sol AF Vlv J6-7,12
S62:Rcvr AF Vlv J6-7,11
S63:Rcvr AF Vlv J6-7,11
S64:Horn J4-16
S65:Horn J4-16
S66:Alarm J4-15
S67:Alarm J4-15
S68:Main Scrub
S69:Side Scrub
S70:Water Pickup
S71:EcH2O Module
S72:Main Sweep
S73:Side Sweep
S74:Propel Ctrl

Note: LCD Message's above can be seen as an open
or a short.

4-3

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Press and release the brush pressure button to enter
Configuration Mode. “C1:Disk/Cyl” will appear on the
LCD.

CONFIGURATION MODE
Configuration Mode is an on-board diagnostic utility
that configures controller software to operate optional
equipment and to electronically adjust certain output
functions.

C1:Disk/Cyl

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.
STP001

1.Turn Key Off.

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities as shown below.
C5:SE/None
0-1-2-3% Mix Ratio

2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.
STP002

C1:Disk/Cyl

C8:Side Scrub

C14:Main Press #3
28-35.0 A
C15:Main Water
Low/Med/High
C16:Propel H.M.
XXXX.X Hr
C17:Change
Propel H.M.
C18:Scrub H.M.
XXXX.X Hr
C19:Change Scrub
H.M.
C20:Reset

C9:Reset

C21:Battery Type

C10:Transport

C22:Dust Vac

C11: Scrub Sped

C23:Side
Sweep Matrix:
Operational

C2:Ec/ES/None
C3:Set Det Level
1%/2%/3%/None
C4:Autofill/None
CONFIG MODE

C5:SE/None
0-1-2-3% Mix Ratio
C6:SE Short Time
30s (Default)
C7:SE Long Time
3600s (Default)

Operational Matrix:

4-4

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Squeegee/Vac ON

C13:Main Press #2
18-28.0 A

C12:Main Press #1
Disabled 12.0-18.0 A

Enabled
C24:Diag Mode
Disabled/Enabled • 1-STEP Scrub ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
Scrub Head • Fwd/Rev Propel
M17 Service
Information 9017358
• Squeegee/Vac
OFF
Down(08-2016)
• Recovery Tank Full
• Low Batt Voltage

TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Use the table below for further description of each
Configuration Mode utility.
LCD TEXT

DESCRIPTION

LCD TEXT
C24:Diag Mode
Disabled/Enabled

DESCRIPTION
Enable technical data during
normal machine operation. Scroll
through LCD data by pressing
the contrast or configuration
mode buttons during normal
operation. Cycle key 1x to enable,
2x to disable.

C1:Disk/Cyl

Configure scrub head type

C2:Ec/ES/None

Configure ec-H2O, ES or none

C3:Set Det Level

Set ratio of detergent for ES option to 1%, 2%, or 3%

C4:Autofill/Non

Enable Autofill eature (w/ ES
option)

C5:SE/None

Enable Severe Environment feature for machines equipped with
ec-H2O

* C9:Reset Press.? mode. Press the brush pressure button
after “No” changes to “Yes” following step 7. This completes
the reset process.

C6:SE Short Time

Set Severe Environment Short
On-Time. Default 30 seconds.

C7:SE Long Time

Set Severe Environment Long OnTime. Default 3600 seconds.

** C10, C11, and C12 Main Press (Main Brush Pressure) adjustments set the maximum brush motor amp draw for each
down pressure setting; 1 LED, 2 LEDs, or 3 LEDs.

C8:Side Scrub

Configure unit for side scrub
brush.

C9:Reset Press.?

Reset down pressures to factory
default settings.

C10:Transprt Spd

Adjust maximum forward transport speed.

C11:Scrub Spd

Adjust maximum scrubbing
speed.

Exit Config Mode

6. Press and release the brush pressure button to enable
the change. A “<” symbol will appear on the bottom
line of the LCD indicating the configuration utility is
now enabled.

C5:SE/None
0-1-2-3% Mix Ratio

C12:Main Press #1** Set max down pressure #1
(12-18 Amps, Default 14D, 13C)
C13:Main Press #2** Set max down pressure #2
(18-28 Amps, Default 25D, 26C)
C14:Main Press #3** Set max down pressure #3
(28-35 Amps, Default 35 Amps)
C15:Main Water

Set conventional solution
flow range; Low, Med, or High

C16:Propel H.M.

View propel hourmeter.

C17:Chge Propel HM Change Propel hourmeter.
C18:Scrub H.M.
View scrub hourmeter.
C19: Chge Scrub HM Change hourmeter.
C20:Reset

C22:Dust Vac

Resets scrub head type, solution
configuration, down pressure
targets, flow range, side option,
travel speeds, autofill option, SE
option to default settings.
Configure battery type.
Configure dust vacuums

C23:Side Sweep

Configure side sweep motors

C21:Battery Type

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

7. Press and release the contrast or configuration
mode buttons to change settings. Turn key Off
to save selection.

4-5

TROUBLESHOOTING
M17 FAULT CODES
Fault Code
Number

Fault Code
(Displayed in LCD)

Fault Code
(Displayed on Pro-Panel Screen)

0xFFF0

E Stop

Emergency Stop Fault

0xFF11

Low Battery

Low Battery Warning

0xFF12

Low Battery

Very Low Battery Warning

Cause(s)

Action(s)

1. E-Stop Pressed.
2. E-Stop wiring problem.

1. Release E-Stop button and power cycle machine.
2. If that does not clear the fault, check connections.

1. Battery pack voltage too low.

1. Charge battery pack.

1. Battery pack voltage too low.

1. Charge battery pack.
1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module - Check
CAN Line reference (2.2v ea line) and 5VDC voltage
regulator and to Motor Encoders.

0xFF20

M Scrub CAN

Main Scrub CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

0xFF21

WPickup CAN

Water Pickup CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.
1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module - Check
CAN Line reference (2.2v ea line) and 5VDC voltage
regulator and to Motor Encoders.

0xFF22

S Scrub CAN

Side Scrub CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

0xFF23

EcH2O CAN

EcH2O CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.

0xFF24

S Sweep CAN

Side Sweep CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.

0xFF25

M Sweep CAN

Main Sweep CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.

0xFF26

Propel Comm

Propel CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.

0x0010

Parking Brk

Parking Brake

1. This flashing indicator alerts the manual parking brake is
engaged locking the brake pedal. The parking brake should
be released before machine operation.

1. Release parking brake.

0x0101

L Scrub Opn

Left Scrub Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0106

L Scrub Srt

Left Scrub Motor Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0107

L Scrub FET

Left Scrub Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0111

R Scrub Opn

Right Scrub Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0116

R Scrub Srt

Right Scrub Motor Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0117

R Scrub FET

Right Scrub Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0120

S Scrub Flt

Side Scrub Motor Generic

0x0121

S Scrub Opn

Side Scrub Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0122

S Scrub Vlt

Side Scrub Motor Voltage Loss

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

4-6

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
M17 FAULT CODES
Fault Code
Number

Fault Code
(Displayed in LCD)

Fault Code
(Displayed on Pro-Panel Screen)

0x0127

S Scrub FET

Side Scrub Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0129

S Scrub Tmp

Side Scrub Motor Overheat

1. Motor temperature too high (over 104F).

1. Check motor temp repair or replaced.

0x0131

M Swp 1 Opn

Main Sweep Brush Motor 1 Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0136

M Swp 1 Srt

Main Sweep Brush Motor 1 Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0137

M Swp 1 FET

Main Sweep Brush Motor 1 FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0141

M Swp 2 Opn

Main Sweep Brush Motor 2 Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0146

M Swp 2 Srt

Main Sweep Brush Motor 2 Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0147

M Swp 2 FET

Main Sweep Brush Motor 2 FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0151

R Sweep Opn

Right Sweep Brush Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0156

R Sweep Srt

Right Sweep Brush Motor Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0157

R Sweep FET

Right Sweep Brush Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0161

L Sweep Opn

Left Sweep Brush Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0166

L Sweep Srt

Left Sweep Brush Motor Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0167

L Sweep FET

Left Sweep Brush Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0171

FltShkr Opn

Filter Shaker Motor Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0176

FltShkr Srt

Filter Shaker Motor Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0177

FltShkr FET

Filter Shaker Motor FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0230

MSwpAct Flt

Main Sweep Actuator Generic

0x0231

MSwpAct Opn

Main Sweep Actuator Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0237

MSwpAct FET

Main Sweep Actuator FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0240

RSwpAct Flt

Right Sweep Actuator Generic

0x0247

RSwpAct FET

Right Sweep Actuator FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Cause(s)

Action(s)

4-7

TROUBLESHOOTING
M17 FAULT CODES
Fault Code
Number

Fault Code
(Displayed in LCD)

Fault Code
(Displayed on Pro-Panel Screen)

0x0250

LSwpAct Flt

Left Sweep Actuator Generic

0x0257

LSwpAct FET

Left Sweep Actuator FET Fault

0x0260

LiftAct Flt

Hopper Lift Actuator Generic

0x0261

LiftAct Opn

0x0267

Cause(s)

Action(s)

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

Hopper Lift Actuator Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

LiftAct FET

Hopper Lift Actuator FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0270

RollAct Flt

Hopper Roll Actuator Generic

0x0271

RollAct Opn

Hopper Roll Actuator Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0277

RollAct FET

Hopper Roll Actuator FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0278

RollAct Stl

Hopper Roll Actuator Stall

1. Over current.
2. Binding issue.

1. Check amp references.
2. Check system for binding.

0x0301

M Water Opn

Main Water Valve Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0306

M Water Srt

Main Water Valve Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0307

M Water FET

Main Water Valve FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0311

Horn Opn

Horn Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0316

Horn Srt

Horn Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0317

Horn FET

Horn FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0321

Alarm Opn

Alarm Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0326

Alarm Srt

Alarm Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0327

Alarm FET

Alarm FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0331

S Scrub Opn

Side Scrub Valve Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0336

S Scrub Srt

Side Scrub Valve Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0337

S Scrub FET

Side Scrub Valve FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0341

SAF Vlv Opn

Solution AutoFill Valve Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

4-8

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
M17 FAULT CODES
Fault Code
Number

Fault Code
(Displayed in LCD)

Fault Code
(Displayed on Pro-Panel Screen)

0x0346

SAF Vlv Srt

Solution AutoFill Valve Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0347

SAF Vlv FET

Solution AutoFill Valve FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0351

RAF Vlv Opn

Recovery AutoFill Valve Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0356

RAF Vlv Srt

Recovery AutoFill Valve Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0357

RAF Vlv FET

Recovery AutoFill Valve FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0501

Vac 1 Opn

Pickup Vac 1 Electrical Open Alert

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0504

Vac 1 OC1

Pickup Vac 1 Over Current 1 Fault

1. Current draw higher than expected.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0505

Vac 1 OC2

Pickup Vac 1 Over Current 2 Fault

1. Current draw higher than expected.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0507

Vac 1 FET

Pickup Vac 1 FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0511

Vac 2 Opn

Pickup Vac 2 Electrical Open Alert

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0514

Vac 2 OC1

Pickup Vac 2 Over Current 1 Fault

1. Current draw higher than expected.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0515

Vac 2 OC2

Pickup Vac 2 Over Current 2 Fault

1. Current draw higher than expected.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0517

Vac 2 FET

Pickup Vac 2 FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0520

DstVac1 Flt

Dust Vac 1 Underspeed Fault

1. Motor running too slow.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0530

DstVac2 Flt

Dust Vac 2 Underspeed Fault

1. Motor running too slow.

1. Verify vacuum load, damage and/or usage
conditions.

0x0601

SdePump Opn

Side Scrub Pump Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0606

SdePump Srt

Side Scrub Pump Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0607

SdePump FET

Side Scrub Pump FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0611

DetPump Opn

Detergent Pump Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

0x0616

DetPump Srt

Detergent Pump Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0617

DetPump FET

Detergent Pump FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0621

ES Pump Opn

Extended Scrub Pump Open Warning

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue with circuit to
motor.

1. Check connections, board gets power from key
switch and battery. If connections check out, replace
control board.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Cause(s)

Action(s)

4-9

TROUBLESHOOTING
M17 FAULT CODES
Fault Code
Number

Fault Code
(Displayed in LCD)

0x0626

ES Pump Srt

Extended Scrub Pump Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wire harness and repair as needed.

0x0627

ES Pump FET

Extended Scrub Pump FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0701

Ec Flsh Flt

EC-H2O System Flush Needed

1. The ecH2O module needs a manually triggered flush.

1. Press switch on ecH2O module..

0x0702

Ec Press Sw

EC-H2O Pressure Switch Active

1. The system pressure switch is detecting a trip or
unconnected.

1. System pressure too high, check connections.
2. Verify functionality of scrub head switch and parking
brake switch; maybe connectors were accidentally
wired to incorrect switches.

0x0704

Ec CAN

EC-H2O CAN Communication Fault

1. Control boards are not communicating properly.
2. Board lost power (wiring issue)
3. Breaker supplying power to board tripped.
4. Control board may be damaged.

1. Power cycle machine.
2. Check breaker supplying power to board.
3. No communication with a network module.

0x0711

Ec Pump Opn

EC-H2O Pump Open Fault

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue on the ecH2O
pump.

1. Control board is not detecting pump current. Check
connections for voltage and verify pump is operating
or not.

0x0716

Ec Pump Srt

EC-H2O Pump Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check wiring for shorted condition.
2. Replace pump.

0x0717

Ec Pump FET

EC-H2O Pump FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0720

Ec Cell Flt

EC-H2O Cell Generic Fault

1. Generic fault with the EC-H2O cell.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0727

Ec Cell FET

EC-H2O Cell FET Faults

0x0730

Ec Spgr Flt

EC-H2O Sparger Generic Fault

0x0737

Ec Spgr FET

EC-H2O Sparger FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0751

Ec Vlv Opn

EC-H2O Valve Open Fault

1. Wiring, connector or control board issue on the ecH2O
valve.

1. Control board is not detecting pump current. Check
connections for voltage and verify pump is operating
or not.

0x0756

Ec Vlv Srt

EC-H2O Valve Short Fault

1. Shorted load condition
2. Some higher current draw than hardware design limit.

1. Check valve and wiring.
2. Replace if out of specifications.

0x0757

Ec Vlv FET

EC-H2O Valve FET Fault

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Check voltage references.
2. Replace Control Board.

0x0790

SolTnkEmpty

Solution Tank Empty

1. Solution Tank Empty.
2. Wiring, connector, or solution tank switch issue.

1. If tank is not empty, check the tank switch and
wiring.

0x0791

RcvTnk Full

Recovery Tank Full

1. Recovery Tank Full.
2. Wiring, connector, or recovery tank switch issue.

1. If tank is not full, check the tank switch and wiring.

Clogged Filter Warning

1. Filter clogged with dust and debris.

1. Engage filter shaker.
2. Clean filter.

Hopper on Fire

1. Hopper on fire.

1. Put hopper fire out.

0x07A2

Hopper not in Home position

1. Hopper not completely lowered.

1. Completely lower hopper.
2. Check system for binding.

0x1003

Down Pressure Unattainable

1. Touchscreen control board problem.

1. Replace Touchscreen board.

0x07A0

0x07A1

0x2000

4-10

Hopper Fire

Pascal Flt

Fault Code
(Displayed on Pro-Panel Screen)

Touchscreen Error

Cause(s)

Action(s)

1. FET detection includes motor, actuator, detergent
pump, vacuum and battery watering pump.
2. Replace board.

1. Control board problem.
2. Power/battery issue on startup.

1. Generic fault with the EC-H2O sparger.

1. Use trouble-shooting tree to diagnosis.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
PROPEL DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Propel Diagnostic Mode (Propel Input Mode) is an onboard diagnostic utility that displays Curtis 1232SE
controller inputs on the instrument panel LCD (Liquid
Crystal Display). The input data is transmitted to the M12
controller through a CAN-bus (Controller Area Network).

3. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities until “PROPEL DIAG
MODE” appears on the LCD.

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY

STP001

PROPEL DIAG MODE

1.Turn Key Off.

PROPEL DIAG MODE
MOTORS MODE

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the brush pressure button to
enter Propel Diagnostic Mode. “P1:Curtis Online...” will
appear on the LCD.

P1: Curtis Online/
Error
2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.
STP002

CONFIG MODE

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:
Enabled

Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac OFF
• Recovery Tank Full

M17 Service Information 9017358•(08-2016)
1-STEP Scrub ON

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
• 1-STEP S
4-11
Scrub Head • Fwd/Rev
Down

TROUBLESHOOTING
CONFIG MODE

5. Press and release the configuration mode button
to scroll through a list of Curtis 1232SE controller
inputs.

6. The table below describes how each input operates.
SELF TEST

M17 Propel Diagnostic Mode
MANUAL MODE
CODE

P1: Curtis Online/
Error

P1:Curtis Online/
Error
P2:Throttle
XXXX.X V

P5:Speed
XXXX.X Mph

DESCRIPTION

P1

INPUT DISPLAY
Curtis/ M17 controllers CAN-bus
P1:Curtis Online/
Error
connection status

P2

MODE
P2:ThrottlePROPEL DIAG
Displays
foot throttle commanded
XXXX.X v
voltage (0-5V).

P3

P3:Brake Pedal
On/O˜

P4

P4:Direction Fwd/ Displays directional switch input
Rev
(Fwd/Rev).

P5

P5:Speed
XXXX.X Mph

P3:Brake Pedal
On/Off
P4:Direction Fwd/
Rev

LCD MESSAGE

Displays brake pedal command
(On/O˜ ).

Displays propel speed from motor
encoder located in drive assembly.

PDM003

PDM004

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:
Scrub Head
Down

4-12

Enabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
Scrub Head
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac OFF
Down
• Recovery Tank Full
• Low Batt Voltage
• Load Current
FaultInformation 9017358 (08-2016)
M17 Service

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic LED Operation
PMC002

CAN
TERM H

CAN H

35

34
22

23
12

ENC
PHASE
A

33

11

32
21

10
SW7

SW6

20
9

RX
30

19
8

18

+5V

COIL
RETURN

BRK
POT HI

+12V

28
17

6

SW1/ANA1

THR POT
HI

27
16

5

26
15

4

25
14

3

24
13

2

1

DRIVER SW16
3

POT
LOW

SW2/ANA2
SW3

29

7

DRIVER
7

SW4
SW5

31

TX
BRK
WIPER

DRIVER 6

SW8

CAN L

ANA
OUT

ENC
PHASE B

CAN
TERM L

PROP
DRIVER 1 THR
WIPER
DRIVER
KSI
DRIVER 2 DRIVER 4

I/O GND

24
13
1

35
23
12

Status LEDs
Types of LED Display
Display

Status

Neither LED illuminated

Controller is not powered on, has a dead battery,
or is severely damaged.

Yellow LED flashing

Controller is operating normally.

Yellow and red LEDs both on solid

Controller is in Flash program mode.

Red LED on solid

Watchdog failure. Cycle KSI to restart.

Red LED and yellow LED
flashing alternately

Controller has detected a fault. 2-digit code*
flashed by yellow LED identifies the specific fault;
one or two flashes by red LED indicate whether
first or second code digit will follow.

*The red LED flashes once to indicate that the first digit of the code will follow; the yellow LED then flashes the
appropriate number of times for the first digit. The red LED flashes twice to indicate that the second digit of the
code will follow; the yellow LED flashes the appropriate number of times for the second digit.

Example: Battery Undervoltage (Code 23)
RED

YELLOW

RED

YELLOW

(first digit)

(2)

(second digit)

(3)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-13

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
CODE

12

FAULT CONDITION
EFFECT OF FAULT

Controller Overcurrent
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

13

Current Sensor Fault
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

14

Precharge Failed
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

POSSIBLE CAUSE

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

1. External short of phase U, V, or W
motor connections.
2. Motor parameters are mis-tuned.
3. Controller defective.

Set: Phase current exceeded the
current measurement limit.
Clear: Cycle KSI.

1. Leakage to vehicle frame from phase Set: Controller current sensors have
invalid o˜ set reading.
U, V, or W (short in motor stator).
Clear: Cycle KSI.
2. Controller defective.

1. External load on capacitor bank (B+
connection terminal) that prevents
the capacitor bank from charging.
2. See Monitor menu » Battery:
Capacitor Voltage.

Set: Precharge failed to charge the
capacitor bank to the KSI voltage.
Clear: Cycle interlock input or use VCL
function.

15

Controller Severe Undertemp
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

16

Controller Severe Overtemp 1. See Monitor menu » Controller:
Set: Heatsink temperature above +95°C.
ShutdownMotor;
Clear: Bring heatsink temperature
Temperature.
ShutdownMainContactor;
2. Controller is operating in an extreme below +95°C, and cycle interlock or KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake;
environment.
ShutdownThrottle;
3.
Excessive
load on vehicle.
FullBrake;
4. Improper mounting of controller.
ShutdownPump.

17

Severe Undervoltage
Reduced drive torque.

1. See Monitor menu » Controller:
Set: Heatsink temperature below -40°C.
Temperature.
Clear: Bring heatsink temperature
2. Controller is operating in an extreme above -40°C, and cycle interlock or KSI.
environment.

1. Battery Menu parameters are
misadjusted.
2. Non-controller system drain on
battery.
3. Battery resistance too high.
4. Battery disconnected while driving.
5. See Monitor menu » Battery:
Capacitor Voltage.
6. Blown B+ fuse or main contactor
did not close.

Set: Capacitor bank voltage dropped
below the severe undervoltage limit
with FET bridge enabled.
Clear: Bring capacitor voltage above
severe undervoltage limit.

PMC003

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor

4-14

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

FAULT CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

18

Severe Overvoltage
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

22

Controller Overtemp Cutback 1. See Monitor menu » Controller:
Temperature.
Reduced drive and brake
torque.
2. Controller is performance-limited
at this temperature.
3. Controller is operating in an extreme
environment.
4. Excessive load on vehicle.
5. Improper mounting of controller.

23

Undervoltage Cutback
Reduced drive torque.

24

Overvoltage Cutback
Reduced brake torque.

1. See Monitor menu » Battery:
Capacitor Voltage.
2. Battery menu parameters are
misadjusted.
3. Battery resistance too high for given
regen current.
4. Battery disconnected while regen braking.

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

Set: Capacitor bank voltage exceeded
the Severe Overvoltage limit with FET
bridge enabled.
Clear: Bring capacitor voltage below
Severe Overvoltage limit, and then
cycle KSI.
Set: Heatsink temperature exceeded
85°C.
Clear: Bring heatsink temperature
below 85°C.

1. Normal operation. Fault shows that
the batteries need recharging.
Controller is performance limited
at this voltage.
2. Battery parameters are misadjusted.
3. Non-controller system drain on battery.
4. Battery resistance too high.
5. Battery disconnected while driving.
6. See Monitor menu » Battery:
Capacitor Voltage.
7. Blown B+ fuse or main contactor
did not close.

Set: Capacitor bank voltage dropped
below the Undervoltage limit with the
FET bridge enabled.
Clear: Bring capacitor voltage above
the Undervoltage limit.

1. Normal operation. Fault shows that
regen braking currents elevated the
battery voltage during regen braking.
Controller is performance limited
at this voltage.
2. Battery parameters are misadjusted.
3. Battery resistance too high for given
regen current.
4. Battery disconnected while regen braking.
5. See Monitor menu » Battery:

Set: Capacitor bank voltage exceeded
the Overvoltage limit with the FET
bridge enabled.
Clear: Bring capacitor voltage below
the Overvoltage limit.

Capacitor Voltage.

25

26

+5V Supply Failure
None, unless a fault action
is programmed in VCL.

1. External load impedance on the
+5V supply (pin 26) is too low.
2. See Monitor menu » outputs:
5 Volts and Ext Supply Current.

Set: +5V supply (pin 26) outside the
+5V +/-10% range.
Clear: Bring voltage within range.

Digital Out 6 Overcurrent

1. External load impedance on Digital
Output 6 driver (pin 19) is too low.

Set: Digital Output 6 (pin 19) current
exceeded 15 mA.
Clear: Remedy the overcurrent cause
and use the VCL function Set_DigOut()
to turn the driver on again.

Digital Output 6 driver
will not turn on.

PMC004

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-15

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

27

FAULT CONDITION

Digital Out 7 Overcurrent
Digital Output 7 driver
will not turn on.

28

Motor Temp Hot Cutback
Reduced drive torque.

29

Motor Temp Sensor Fault
MaxSpeed reduced (LOS,
Limited Operating Strategy),
and motor temperature
cutback disabled.

31

Coil1 Driver Open/Short
ShutdownDriver1.

32

EMBrake Open/Short
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake.

33

Coil3 Driver Open/Short
ShutdownDriver3.

34

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

Coil4 Driver Open/Short
ShutdownDriver4.

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

1. External load impedance on Digital
Output 7 driver (pin 20) is too low.

Set: Digital Output 7 (pin 20) current
exceeded 15 mA.
Clear: Remedy the overcurrent cause
and use the VCL function Set_DigOut()
to turn the driver on again.

1. Motor temperature is at or above
the programmed Temperature Hot
setting, and the requested current
is being cut back.
2. Motor Temperature Control Menu
parameters are mis-tuned.
3. See Monitor menu » Motor:
Temperature and » Inputs: Analog2.
4. If the application doesn’t use a motor thermistor, Temp Compensation
and Temp Cutback should be
programmed O˜.

Set: Motor temperature is at or above
the Temperature Hot parameter
setting.
Clear: Bring the motor temperature
within range.

1. Motor thermistor is not connected
properly.
2. If the application does not use a
thermistor, Temp Compensation
and Temp Cutback should be
programmed O˜.
3. See Monitor menu » Motor:
Temperature and » Inputs: Analog2.

Set: Motor thermistor input (pin 8) is at
the voltage rail (0 or 10V).
Clear: Bring the motor thermistor input
voltage within range.

1. Open or short on driver load.
2. Dirty connector pins.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.

Set: Driver 1 (pin 6) is either open or
shorted.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle driver.

1. Open or short on driver load.
2. Dirty connector pins.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.

Set: Electromagnetic brake driver (pin 5)
is either open or shorted.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle
driver.
Set: Driver 3 (pin 4) is either open or
shorted.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle driver.
Set: Driver 4 (pin3) is either open or
shorted.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle driver.

1. Open or short on driver load.
2. Dirty connector pins.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.
1. Open or short on driver load.
2. Dirty connector pins.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor
VCL = Vehicle Control Language

PMC005

4-16

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

er.

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

35

FAULT CONDITION

PD Open/Short
ShutdownPD.

ed.
36

Encoder Fault
ShutdownEMBrake.

37

Motor Open
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

38

Main Contactor Welded
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

d

o B+.

n

n

n

39

41

1. Motor phase is open.
2. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.

Set: Motor phase U, V, or W detected
open.
Clear: Cycle KSI.

1. Main contactor tips are welded
closed.
2. Motor phase U or V is disconnected
or open.
3. An alternate voltage path (such as an

Set: Just prior to the main contactor
closing, the capacitor bank voltage (B+
connection terminal) was loaded for a
short time and the voltage did not
discharge.
Clear: Cycle KSI

external precharge resistor) is
providing a current to the capacitor
bank (B+ connection terminal).

Set: With the main contactor
commanded closed, the capacitor
bank voltage (B+ connection terminal)
did not charge to B+.
Clear: Cycle KSI.

Throttle Wiper High

1. See Monitor menu » Inputs:
Throttle Pot.
2. Throttle pot wiper voltage too high.

Set: Throttle pot wiper (pin 16) voltage
is higher than the high fault threshold
(can be changed with the VCL function
Setup_Pot_Faults())
Clear: Bring throttle pot wiper voltage
below the fault threshold.
Set: Throttle pot wiper (pin 16) voltage
is lower than the low fault threshold
(can be changed with the VCL function
Setup_Pot_Faults()).
Clear: Bring throttle pot wiper voltage
above the fault threshold.

Throttle Wiper Low

Pot2 Wiper High
FullBrake.

PMC006

1. Motor encoder failure.
2. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.
3. See Monitor menu » Motor:
Motor RPM.

Set: Proportional driver (pin 2) is either
open or shorted.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle driver.
Set: Motor encoder phase failure
detected.
Clear: Cycle KSI.

1. Main contactor did not close.
2. Main contactor tips are oxidized,
burned, or not making good contact.
3. External load on capacitor bank
(B+ connection terminal) that prevents capacitor bank from charging.
4. Blown B+ fuse.

ShutdownThrottle.

43

1. Open or short on driver load.
2. Dirty connector pins.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

Main Contactor Did Not Close
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
ShutdownThrottle.

42

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

1. See Monitor menu » Inputs:
Throttle Pot.
2. Throttle pot wiper voltage too low.

1. See Monitor menu » Inputs:
Pot2 Raw.
2. Pot2 wiper voltage too high.

Set: Pot2 wiper (pin 17) voltage is
higher than the high fault threshold
(can be changed with the VCL function
Setup_Pot_Faults()).
Clear: Bring Pot2 wiper voltage below
the fault threshold.

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor
VCL = Vehicle Control Language

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-17

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

44

45

FAULT CONDITION

1. See Monitor menu » Inputs:
Pot2 Raw.
2. Pot2 wiper voltage too low.

Pot Low Overcurrent

1. See Monitor menu » Outputs:
Pot Low.
2. Combined pot resistance connected
to pot low is too low.

EEPROM Failure
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
ShutdownInterlock;
ShutdownDriver1;
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3;
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPD;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

47

HPD/Sequencing Fault
ShutdownThrottle.

49

Parameter Change Fault
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

51

Throttle SRO Fault
ShutdownThrottle/brake.
Shutdown Motor.

52

PMC007

4-18

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

Pot2 Wiper Low
FullBrake.

ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake.

46

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

HPD Fault
ShutdownThrottle/brake.
Shutdown Motor.

1. Failure to write to EEPROM
memory. This can be caused by
EEPROM memory writes initiated
by VCL, by the CAN bus, by
adjusting parameters with the
programmer, or by loading new
software into the controller.

Set: Pot2 wiper (pin 17) voltage
is lower than the low fault threshold
(can be changed with the VCL function
Setup_Pot_Faults() ).
Clear: Bring Pot2 wiper voltage
above the fault threshold.
Set: Pot low (pin 18) current exceeds
10 mA.
Clear: Clear pot low overcurrent
condition and cycle KSI.
Set: Controller operating system tried
to write to EEPROM memory and failed.
Clear: Download the correct software
(OS) and matching parameter default
settings into the controller and cycle
KSI.

1. KSI, interlock, direction, and throttle
inputs applied in incorrect sequence.
2. Faulty wiring, crimps, or switches at
KSI, interlock, direction, or throttle
inputs.
3. See Monitor menu » Inputs.

Set: HPD (High Pedal Disable) or
sequencing fault caused by incorrect
sequence of KSI, interlock, direction
and throttle inputs.
Clear: Reapply inputs in correct sequence.

1. This is a safety fault caused by a
change in certain parameter
settings so that the vehicle will not
operate until KSI is cycled.
For example, if a user changes the
Throttle Type this fault will appear
and require cycling KSI before the
vehicle can operate.

Set: Adjustment of a parameter setting
that requires cycling of KSI.
Clear: Cycle KSI

1. Both throttle and brake inputs are Set: Throttle and brake inputs applied at
active at the same time.
the same time.
2. Faulty throttle and/or brake inputs. Clear: Release throttle and brake pedals.
Action: Throttle Shutdown.
1. Throttle is pressed before key
switch is turned on.
2. Throttle is pressed before operator
presses the seat switch.

Set: Throttle is pressed before key
switch is turned on or throttle is pressed
before operator sits on the seat switch.
Clear: Release throttle and properly
sequence key switch, seat switch and then
throttle.
Action: Throttle Shutdown.

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor
VCL = Vehicle Control Language

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

53

54

55

56

FAULT CONDITION

Emergency Stop Fault

CAN Startup Fault

CAN Operational Fault

PMC008

ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
ShutdownInterlock;
ShutdownDriver1;
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3;
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPD;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

1. E-Stop Switch is Open (Pushed-In) and
2. The Keyswitch voltage is greater than
the "Low Voltage Switch Check
Threshold" parameter (22 V) and
3. The timer set to the "E-Stop Switch
Powerup Check Delay" parameter (3.0
sec) has expired and
4. The "E-Stop Reporting" parameter =
On
Note: When the E-Stop Switch is Open,
the throttle is shutdown immediately but
the fault is not reported unless the above
conditions are met.
An initial heartbeat is not received
over the CAN Bus upon power up
from the Tennant Master Controller
within the "Master Heartbeat Startup
Period" parameter (15.0 sec)

Set: No signal thru CAN BUS.
Clear: Restore CAN communication
and cycle Keyswitch.
Action: Speed Limit is set to "Fault
Max Speed" parameter (311 rpm)

After the initial heartbeat, subsequent
heartbeats are not received over the
CAN bus from the Tennant Master
Controller within the "Master Heartbeat
Timeout Period" parameter (2.5 sec).

Set: No signal thru CAN BUS.
Clear: Restore CAN communication
and cycle Keyswitch.
Action: Speed Limit is set to "Fault
Max Speed" parameter (311 rpm)

The CAN engine has been set to a "nonoperational" state by the Tennant Master
Controller. An NMT message of the
following types will set this fault:
CAN Transmission Stopped
"Enter Pre-Operational State" (Command
Specifier = 0x80), "Stop Remote
Node" (Command Specifier = 0x02),
"Reset Communication"
(Command Specifier = 0x82).

VCL Run Time Error

68

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

1. VCL code encountered a runtime
VCL error.
2. See Monitor menu » Controller:
VCL Error Module and VCL Error.
This error can then be compared to
the runtime VCL module ID and
error code deÿnitions found in the
speciÿc OS system information ÿle.

Set: E-Stop is open or low voltage.
Clear: E-Stop Switch is closed (PulledOut) and cycle key-switch off/on.
Action: Shutdown Throttle

Set: Tennant Master Controller set to nonoperation.
Clear: Master Tennant controller resets
Curtis controller via the NMT message
"Reset Node" (Command Specifier = 0x81)
or cycle Keyswitch
Action: Shutdown CAN PDO transmission
Speed Limit is set to "Fault Max Speed"
parameter (311 rpm)

Set: Runtime VCL code error condition.
Clear: Edit VCL application software to
ÿx this error condition; ˝ash the new
compiled software and matching
parameter defaults; cycle KSI.

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor
VCL = Vehicle Control Language
CAN = Controller Area Network

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-19

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
CODE

69

71

FAULT CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

External Supply Out of Range
None, unless a fault action
is programmed in VCL.

1. External load on the 5V and 12V
supplies draws either too much or
too little current.
2. Fault Checking Menu parameters
Ext Supply Max and Ext Supply Min
are mis-tuned.
3. See Monitor menu » Outputs:
Ext Supply Current.

Set: The external supply current (combined current used by the 5V supply
[pin 26] and 12V supply [pin 25]) is either
greater than the lower current threshold.
The two thresholds are deÿned by the
External Supply Max and External Supply
Min parameter settings.
Clear: Bring the external supply current
within range.

OS General

1. Internal controller fault.

Set: Internal controller fault detected.
Clear: Cycle KSI

1. Time between CAN PDO messages
received exceeded the PDO
Timeout Period.

Set: Time between CAN PDO messages
received exceeded the PDO Timeout
Period.
Clear: Cycle KSI.
Set: No motor encoder movement
detected.
Clear: Either cycle KSI, or
detect valid motor encoder signals
while operating in LOS mode and
return Throttle Command = 0 and
Motor RPM= 0

ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
ShutdownInterlock;
ShutdownDriver1;
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3;
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPD;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

72

PDO Timeout
ShutdownInterlock;
CAN NMT State set
to Pre-operational.

73

Stall Detected
ShutdownEMBrake.

87

PMC009

4-20

1.
2.
3.
4.

Stalled motor.
Motor encoder failure.
Bad crimps or faulty wiring.
Problems with power supply for
the motor encoder.
5. See Monitor menu » Motor:
Motor RPM.

Motor Characterization Fault 1. Motor characterization failed during Set: Motor characterization failed during
characterization process. See Monitor the motor characterization process.
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
menu » Controller: Motor
Clear: Correct fault; cycle KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake;
Characterization Error for cause:
ShutdownThrottle;
0=none
FullBrake;
1=encoder signal seen, but step size
ShutdownPump.
not determined; set Encoder Step
Size manually
2=motor temp sensor fault
3=motor temp hot cutback fault
4= controller overtemp cutback fault
5=controller undertemp cutback fault
6=undervoltage cutback fault
7=severe overvoltage fault
8=encoder signal not seen, or one or
both channels missing
9=motor parameters out of characterization range.

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor

VCL = Vehicle Control Language

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostic Codes, continued
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART, continued
FAULT CONDITION

CODE

88

89

1. The motor encoder output signal
does not match the commanded
direction.

Set: Motor phase cables U, V, and W
possibly installed incorrectly.
Clear: Correct faulty cable installation
and cycle KSI.

Motor Type Fault

1. The Motor_Type parameter value
is out of range.

Set: Motor_Type parameter is set to an
illegal value.
Clear: Set Motor_Type to correct value
and cycle KSI.

1. The VCL software in the controller
does not match the OS software in
the controller.

Set: VCL and OS software do not match;
when KSI cycles, a check is made to
verify that they match and a fault is
issued when they do not.
Clear: Download the correct VCL and
OS software into the controller.

1. Vehicle movement sensed after the
EM Brake has been commanded
to set.
2. EM Brake will not hold the motor
from rotating.

Set: After the EM Brake was commanded
to set and time has elapsed to allow the
brake to fully engage, vehicle movement
has been sensed.
Clear: Activate the throttle.

1. Limited Operating Strategy (LOS)
control mode has been activated, as
a result of either an Encoder Fault
(Code 36) or a Stall Detect Fault
(Code 73).
2. Motor encoder failure.
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.
4. Vehicle is stalled.

Set: Encoder Fault (Code 36) or Stall
Detect Fault (Code 73) was activated,
and Brake or Interlock has been applied
to activate LOS control mode, allowing
limited motor control.
Clear: Cycle KSI, or if LOS mode was activated by the Stall Fault, clear by ensuring
encoder senses proper operation, Motor
RPM = 0, and Throttle Command = 0.

Emer Rev Timeout
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle.

1. Emergency Reverse was activated
and concluded because the EMR
Timeout timer has expired.
2. The emergency reverse input is
stuck On.

Set: Emergency Reverse was activated
and ran until the EMR Timeout timer
expired.
Clear: Turn the emergency reverse
input O˜.

Illegal Model Number

1. Model_Number variable contains
illegal value (not 1234, 1236, 1238,
or 1298).
2. Software and hardware do not match.
3. Controller defective.

Set: Illegal Model_Number variable; when
KSI cycles a check is made to conÿrm
a legal Model_Number, and a fault is
issued if one is not found.
Clear: Download appropriate software
for your controller model.

VCL/OS Mismatch
ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;

92

EM Brake Failed to Set
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle.

93

94

98

SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS

Motor Phase Fault

ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

91

POSSIBLE CAUSE

EFFECT OF FAULT

Encoder LOS (Limited
Operating Strategy)
Enter LOS control mode.

ShutdownMotor;
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.

PMC010

Terms:
KSI = Key Switch Interlock
FET = Field-Effect Transistor
EMR = Emergency Reverse

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-21

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
INPUT DISPLAY MODE
Input Display Mode is an onboard diagnostic utility that
displays controller input conditions. Input Display Mode
displays LCD text messages for hard-wired switch, sensor,
and touch panel button inputs.

3. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities until “INPUT DISPLAY”
appears on the LCD.

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY

STP001

PROPEL DIAG MODE

1.Turn Key Off.
INPUT DISPLAY

MOTORS MODE

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the brush pressure button to enter
Input Display Mode. “I1:Solution Tank Level:X XV” will
appear on the LCD.

2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.

I1:Solution Tank
Level: X
XV

STP002

CONFIG MODE

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:

4-22

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP
Scrub
OFF
Scrub Head
M17
Service
Information 9017358
(08-2016)
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac
OFF
Down
• Recovery Tank Full
• Low Batt Voltage

TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of hard-wired switch and sensor
inputs.
I1:Solution Tank
Level: X
XV

I1:Solution Tank
Level: X
XV

I6:Roll Switch
Off/On

I11:Hopper Temp

I2:Recovery Tank
Not Full/Full

I7:Lift Switch
Off/On

I12:Hopper Position

I3:Hlf Recvr Tank

I8:Pressure Switch
Open/Closed

I13:Filter Input
(clogged filter input)

I4:Seat Switch:
Seated

I9:Flush Button

I5:Shaker Switch
Off/On

I10: SE Switch
Off/On

IDM003

6. Press any other touch panel button to display a
corresponding LCD text message. The message
confirms that the control board received the input.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-23

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities until “MANUAL MODE”
appears on the LCD.

MANUAL MODE
Manual Mode is an onboard diagnostic utility that manually activates machine functions and displays output current in “XX.X Amps” format. This mode bypasses interlocking inputs and should be used for diagnostic purposes
only.

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY

STP001

PROPEL DIAG MODE

1.Turn Key Off.

MANUAL MODE
MOTORS MODE

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the brush pressure button to
enter Manual Mode. “M01: Left Brush, 00% XX.XA” will
appear on the LCD.

M01: Left Brush
00%
XX.XA
2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.
STP002

CONFIG MODE

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:

4-24

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
M17
Service
Information
9017358
(08-2016)
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
Scrub Head • Fwd/Rev Propel
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac OFF
Down
• Recovery Tank Full

TROUBLESHOOTING
5. Press and release the configuration mode button
to scroll through a list of output functions. Press the
brush down pressure button to activate the function
displayed on the LCD.
NOTE: “XX.X A” format indicates that the actual amperage
value will vary. See the “Specifications” section of this
manual for approximate amp draw values.
NOTE: “R” or “E” in the lower left corner of the LCD indicates
Retracted or Extended actuator position.
NOTE: “XX%” refers to the duty cycle of the circuit load when
activated.
NOTE: “OK” indicates that the displayed function is not open
or shorted.

M01: Left Brush
XXA XX.XRPM

M01: Left Brush
XX.XA XXXRPM

M13: Side Pump
XX.XXV XX%
% X.XXA

M02: Right Brush
XX.XA XXXRPM

M14: Ec Pump
XX.XXV XX%
% X.XXA
M15: ES Pump
XX.XXV XX%
% X.XXA
M16: Det Pump
XX.XXV XX%
% X.XXA

M03: Side Brush
XX.XA XXXRPM
M04: Main Swp Act.
XXX.X% XX.XA

M25: Side Scrub Act

XXX.X% XX.XA
M26: Sqe Act
XXX.X% XX.XA
M27: Dust Vac 1
XXXXX RPM

M07: Left Swp Br
XXX%
XX.XA

M17: Water Valve
SSSSSS FF X.XXA
M18: Side Valve
SSSSSS FF X.XXA
M19: Ec Valve
SSSSSS FF X.XXA

M08: L Swp Act
XXX.X% XX.XA
M09: R Swp Br
XXX%
XX.XA

M20: Sol AF Valve
SSSSSS FF X.XXA
M21: Recvr Valve
SSSSSS FF X.XXA

M28: Dust Vac 2
XXXXX RPM
M29: Filter Shaker
XXX%
XX.XA
M30: Roll Act H Pos
XXX.X V
X.XX
M31: Lift Pump D
XXX%
XX.XA
M32: Set Roll Home
X.XXX
(X.XXX)
M33: Set Roll Max?
X.XXX
(X.XXX)

M10: R Swp Act
XXX.X% XX.XA

M22: Ec Sparger
XXX%
XX.XXA

M34: Set Roll Min?
X.XXX
(X.XXX)

M11: Wtr Vac 1
XXX%
XX.XA
M12: Wtr Vac 2
XXX%
XX.XA

M23: Ec Cell
XXX%
XX.XXA
M24: Scrub Act
XXX.X% XX.XA

M35: Fact Set Roll?
X.XXX
(X.XXX)

M05: Main Swp Br1
XXX%
XX.XA
M06: Main Swp Br2
XXX% XX.XA

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Exit Manual Mode
Yes

4-25

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING
3. Press and release the configuration mode button to
scroll through a list of utilities until “MOTORS MODE”
appears on the LCD.

MOTORS MODE

Motors Mode is an onboard diagnostic utility that allows
trained service personnel to operate various motors independently for service testing purposes only.

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Key switch Off. Press and hold the configuration
mode button.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY

STP001

1.Turn Key Off.

PROPEL DIAG MODE

MOTORS MODE
MOTORS MODE

Tennant Quantum
UI ver X.X

4. Press and release the brush pressure button to enter
Motors Mode. “MM1: Run Main Scrub Brushes” will
appear on the LCD.
MM1:Run Main
Scrub Brushes

2. Key switch On. Release the configuration mode
button when “CONFIG MODE” appears on the LCD.
STP002

CONFIG MODE

Operational Matrix:
Operational Matrix:

4-26

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
Scrub Head • Fwd/Rev Propel
• Squeegee/Vac ON • Squeegee/Vac
Down
M17 ServiceOFF
Information 9017358
(08-2016)
• Recovery Tank Full
• Low Batt Voltage
• Load Current Fault

1.Turn Key Off.

TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Press and release the configuration mode button
to scroll through a list of motors. Press the brush
down pressure button to activate the selected
motor(s) and the 1-STEP button to deactivate the
selected motor(s).
NOTE: Once MM1 or MM2 is activated, the down pressure
button can be used to adjust the down pressure setting and
the 1-STEP button must be used to turn the motor(s) off.

1.Turn Key Off.

MM1:Run Main
Scrub Brushes

MM1: Main Scrub
MM2: Side Scrub
MM3: Main Sweep
MM4: Side Sweep
MM5: All Sweep
MM6: Run Ec-H2O
Exit Motors Mode

Operational Matrix:

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
Disa
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1• Squeegee/Vac
ON
• Sq
4-27
• Re
• Lo
• Lo

TROUBLESHOOTING

4-28

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
POWER STEERING STATUS LED (OPTION)
1. Remove the front panel below the steering wheel to
gain access to the power steering components.
2. Observe status LED and use the table below to
determine derate level.
LED

DESCRIPTION

Off

Normal Operation, Up to 100% of Maximum
Torque Output
No LED may also indicate a power supply failure
to the power steering control module. Turn
steering wheel completely to one side and hold
pressure for 30 seconds to see if the LED flashes
for derate as listed below:

Purple,
Blinking

Derate Level 1, Up to 75% of Maximum Torque
Output

Yellow,
Blinking

Derate Level 2, Up to 50% of Maximum Torque
Output

Red,
Blinking

Derate Level 3, Up to 20% of Maximum Torque
Output

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-29

TROUBLESHOOTING
Back-Up Alarm/Light ON

J1-5

DRV2

E-STOP
FWD
REV

J1-13

J1-4

CAN TERM H

J1-21

CAN TERM L

J1-34

B-

GND
15/GRN

J1-23

J1-35

J1-16

Opt. Reverse
Relay
86

M2A

13/BLK

P1-1

J1-3

DRV3

90/TAN

Cable

17/PUR

DRV4

INTERLOCK

13/BLK

W/WHT

KSI

J1-11

FWD/REV Switch

V/GRN

36VDC

CAN +

J1-33

U/ORN

W

B+

CAN -

2 REV

11/PNK

J1-22

RX

BRAKE IN

6

8
5
4
1

J1-6

J1-10

10/TAN

FWD

DRV1

5/GRN

TX

U
V

M17
Curtis 1232SE
Controller

(0-5 vdc) THROTTLE

E-Stop Switch (N.C.)

J1-9

THERMISTOR

B

J1-8

A

J1-7

J1-1

Seat Switch (N.O.) 9/WHT

I/O GND

B+

J1-31

J1-29

PHASE A

Cable

+12V

PHASE B

8/GRY

J1-28

J1-25

J1-32

Switched B+
From Buss Bar

Switched B+

FU1
150A

B- From
Stando˜

Battery -

Note: Key Switch ON

85

P2-1

Back-Up Alarm

M2B
85/GRN-WHT

White Back Up Lights (LEDs)

87

30

CB-21 (2.5A)
17/PUR

Operational Matrix:
Enabled

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative PMC011

4-30

Back-Up
Alarm/Lights

Disabled

• Fwd Switch Input
• Rev Switch Input
• Rev Throttle Command • Neutral - Ready
State
• Curtis 1232SE Fault

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Back-Up Alarm/Light Failed to Turn ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable back-up alarm/lights
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Correct Fault
Condition

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key On
Enable back-up alarm/lights
See “Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostics”
Is there a pertinent Curtis 1232SE fault
displayed?
Key Off
See “Propel Diagnostic Mode” section of this manual
Check the “P4:Direction Fwd/Rev” input from the
directional switch
Check the “P2:Throttle” (0-5 vdc) input from the directional pedal
Are the P2 and P4 inputs operating properly?

Go to Step # 4

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

Key Off
Remove M2 relay from connector (see component
locator)
Connect an Ohmmeter between relay terminals 30
and 87 (should test open or “O.L.”)
Apply battery voltage to relay terminals 86 (+) and
85 (-) using fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the relay “click” and do the N.O. (normally open)
terminals 30 and 87 close?

Go to Step #5

Replace Relay

Key Off
Disconnect back-up alarm/light from main harness
Apply battery voltage to back-up alarm/light using
fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the back-up alarm/light turn On?

Go to Step #6

Replace BackUp Alarm/
Light

Key On
Reconnect back-up alarm/light to main harness
Enable back-up alarm/light
Backprobe using a voltmeter between 15/GRN and
17/PUR at the Curtis 1232SE controller connection
Is there battery voltage applied?

Repair or
Replace Wire
Harness

Replace Curtis
1232SE Controller

•
•
4

•
•
•
•
•

5

•
•
•
•

6

•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
Backprobe = To insert voltmeter probe(s) into the back of a connector to contact a terminal(s) while the circuit
operates or should be operating.
VDC = DC Voltage

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-31

TROUBLESHOOTING
Lighting ON
Note: Key Switch ON

B- From
Stando˜

M1B CONTACTS

FU1
150A
22/RED-TAN
13/BLK

M3B
Auxiliary Contactor
(near base of steering column)
Red Taillights (LED)
6/BLU

CB11
(15A)

65/GRN

3
1
7
5

4 67/PUR
2
8

68/GRY

76/BLU

Light Switch Position
Lights OFF/Down = 2-1, 6-5
Warning Light ON/Center = 2-3, 6-7
Headlight and Warning ON/Up = 3-4, 7-8

CB12 (2.5A)
CB13 (2.5A)

93/ORA
13/BLK

6

92/BRN

13/BLK

OHG Flash/
Strobe Light

CB14
(2.5A)

Battery Positive +

Headlights (LED)

13/BLK

Flash/Strobe Light

Battery Negative ELC001

4-32

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Lighting Failed to Turn ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•
•

2

YES

NO

Key On
Light switch On
Firmly press circuit breaker #11 to reset
Is circuit breaker #11 tripped?

Reset and
Test Lighting
Operation

Go to Step #2

•
•
•
•

Key On
Light switch On
Firmly press circuit breaker #12 (Option) to reset
Is circuit breaker #12 tripped?

Reset and
Test Lighting
Operation

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•
•

Key On
Light switch On
Firmly press circuit breaker #13 (Option) to reset
Is circuit breaker #13 tripped?

Reset and
Test Lighting
Operation

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•
•

Key On
Light switch On
Firmly press circuit breaker #14 (Option) to reset
Is circuit breaker #14 tripped?

Reset and
Test Lighting
Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•
•

Key On
Light switch On
Test voltage applied to the lighting subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

VALUE(S)

4-33

TROUBLESHOOTING
Main Scrub Brushes ON
1/RED

+

13/BLK

-

1/RED

36 Volt

3/ORA

13/BLK

CB4
2.5A

BUS BAR

Switched B+
From M1B

FUSE-2
100A

16/BLU

4/YEL

Front/Left Brush

MTR

3
203/ORA
209/WHT
134/YEL
133/ORA
132/BRN
131/PNK
130/TAN

Rear/Right Brush

Encoder

204/YEL

2
1

MTR

3
208/GRY
205/GRN

213/BLK-WHT

200/TAN

2

J9-5 GROUND
J9-4 +5 VDC
J9-3 HALL 3
J9-2 HALL 2
J9-1 HALL 1
J10-2 LT MTR 2

211/PNK

129/WHT
125/GRN
34/YEL
33/ORA
32/BRN

Encoder

To: Interface
Module

J4-18 KSI
(Key Switch Interlock)

8/GRY

To: Interface
Module

M17 Scrub
Module

KEY
SWITCH

1

P1-1 (B+) Post
P2-1 (B-) Post

J10-3 LT MTR 3
J10-1 LT MTR 1

J9-10 GROUND
J9-9 +5 VDC
J9-8 HALL 3
J9-7 HALL 2
J9-6 HALL 1
J11-5 RT MTR 2

CAN +12V
J1-4
CAN GND
J1-3
CAN (-)
J1-2
CAN +
J1-1

Twisted
Pair

J11-6 RT MTR 3
J11-4 RT MTR 1

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative MSC001

4-34

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Main Scrub Brushes Failed to Turn ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable main scrub brushes subsystem
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Motors Mode” section of this manual
Activate the main scrub brushes in Motors mode
Do the scrub brushes turn On?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J10-1, 2, 3
or J11-4, 5, 6 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•
•

Proceed to Step #5 for disk scrub head models
Key Off
Remove cylindrical brushes from scrub head
Check for worn out brushes (see maintenance section)
Check brushes for entangled debris
Check brush idler plugs and bearings for excessive
wear, damage, seizure, etc.
Check main brush drive belts for excessive wear,
damage, etc
Do any of the above conditions exist?

Repair or ReGo to Step #5
place Necessary Cylindrical Scrub Head
Components

Proceed to Step #6 if both brush motors fail to turn
On
Lower main scrub head
Turn key off
Swap motor leads between left and right motors
Does the same motor fail to turn on?

Repair or
Replace Main
Scrub Brush
Motors

Go to Step #6

Key Off
Reconnect main scrub brush motors to correct main
harness connectors
Key On
Enable main scrub brush motors
Test voltage applied to the main scrub brush motor
subsystem as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•
•
•
5

•
•
•
•
•

6

•
•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms
J5-5 = T12 Scrub Module Connector #5, Pin #5
J5-4 = T12 Scrub Module Connector #5, Pin #4
J5-2 = T12 Scrub Module Connector #5, Pin #2
J5-1 = T12 Scrub Module Connector #5, Pin #1

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-35

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Scrub Brush ON /Down
Battery (-)

Switched B+
From Buss Bar

13/BLK

2/RED-TAN

M17 Side
Scrub Module

CB3
35A

103/ORA

Side Scrub Brush Actuator
Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

CAN+ J2-1
CAN- J2-2

2
115/GRN

J4-7 Side
Actuator

108/GRY

J4-8 Side
Actuator

1

2
1

MTR

Twisted
Pair

GRN

6

Enable J4-6

112/BRN

2 OFF

8
5
4
1

Side Scrub

139/WHT
138/GRY
137/PUR
136/BLU
135/GRN

Encoder

YEL

ON

Retract
Limit Sw.

Side Scrub Brush

13/BLK

B(-) J5-2

J5-1 B(+)

110/TAN

3
109/WHT
111/PNK

J4-11 GROUND
J4-15 +5 VDC
J4-16 HALL 3
J4-14 HALL 2
J4-12 HALL 1
J6-2 MTR 2
J6-3 MTR 3
J6-1 MTR 1

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Side Scrub
Brush On/
Down

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Side Brush Switch ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Side Brush Switch OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

SBC004

4-36

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Scrub Brush Failed to Turn ON/Lower
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable side scrub brush subsystem
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Motors Mode” section of this manual
Activate the side scrub brush in Motors mode
Do the scrub brushes turn On?

Go to Step #5

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-7, 8
or J6-1, 2, 3 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Check brush for entangled debris or damage
Do any of the above conditions exist?

Repair or Replace Necessary Components

Go to Step #5

5

•
•
•

Key On
Enable side scrub brush motor
Test voltage applied to the side scrub brush motor
and lift actuator subsystems as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?
NOTE: The side scrub motor can be tested using the
main brush motor connections of the wire harness. The
side scrub motor must be removed to reach the main
brush motor connections.

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-7, 8 = Side Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #7 or 8
J6-1, 2, 3 = Side Scrub Module Connector #6, Pin #1, 2, or 3

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-37

TROUBLESHOOTING
Power-Up ON
1/RED

+

1/RED

36 Volt

1/RED

CB4
2.5A

13/BLK

-

Curtis 1232SE
Controller

M1B

3/ORA

BUS BAR

FUSE-1
150A

CABLE

8/GRY
4/YEL

5/GRN

M1A

24/YEL

BUS BAR

8/GRY

J1-10 E-Stop Switch
J1-6 Coil Driver #1
J1-13 36VDC

17/PUR

FUSE-2
100A

CABLE

13/BLK

KEY
SWITCH

(B-)

J1-1 Key Switch (B+)

E-Stop Switch
8/GRY

(B+)

M17 Scrub
Module
16/BLU

P1-1 (B+) Post
J4-18 Key Switch (B+)
P2-1 (B-) Post

CAN GND

CAN -

CAN +

J1-3 213/BLK-WHT

GRN

YEL

J1-2

J1-1

211/PNK

PUC001

J1-4

Tennant M17
UI ver X.X

CAN +12 V

Instrument Panel Assembly

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

4-38

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Machine Failed to Power Up
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

2

3

YES

NO

Key in On Position
Test the total battery voltage using a voltmeter
Is the total battery voltage greater than 30 VDC?

Go to Step #2

Recharge
Batteries and
Test Power-Up
Circuit Operation

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker 4 to reset
Is circuit breaker #4 tripped?

Reset and Test
Power-Up Circuit Operation

Go to Step #3

•
•

Key On
Test voltage applied to the power-up subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•

VALUE(S)

Terms:
VDC = DC Voltage

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-39

TROUBLESHOOTING
Propel Subsystem, Forward

Propel Motor Assembly

36 VDC
DRV4

E-STOP

DRV3

FWD
REV

B-

MTR

V/GRN

W/WHT

17/PUR
J1-13
J1-3
15/GRN
J1-4

118/GRY
J1-5

24/YEL
J1-6
GND

To: Back-Up
Light Circuit

M3A
M1A
Cable

J1-23

4-40

DRV1

U/ORN

7/PUR

14/YEL

P1-B
BLK

58/GRY

P1-D

Battery Positive +
PMC014

J1-35

Throttle Sensor

CAN +

GND

DRV2

CAN -

closed = brake set

J1-16

P1-A

B+

W

INTERLOCK

closed = battery rolled out
YEL

V

KSI

BATTERY ROLLOUT

THROTTLE

Temp Sender

B+

J1-11

PARK BRAKE

T2

RX

FWD/REV Switch

RED

T1

J1-33

62/BRN

11/PNK

J1-22

THERMISTOR

10/TAN
8
5
4
1

U

M17
Curtis 1232SE
Controller

BRAKE IN

8/GRY

2 REV

J1-10

TX

J1-8

6

B

PROG +

(0-5 vdc) THROTTLE

A

5/GRN

I/O GND

E-Stop Switch (N.C.)
FWD

J1-9

B

J1-7

A

9/WHT

PHASE A

J1-1

Seat Switch (N.O.)

J1-31

B+

+12V

J1-29

J1-25

PHASE B

Cable

J1-28

58GRY

YEL 4

59/WHT

J1-32

To: Throttle
Sensor (GND)

8/GRY

J1-25

YEL 3

WHT 5

61/PNK

FU1
150A

BLK 6

RED 1

66/BLU

58/GRY

BLU 2

Switched B+
From Buss Bar

Switched B+
From Key Sw.

Amer
Encoder

B- From
Stando˜

Note: Key Switch ON

Battery Negative -

To: Curtis 1232SE
(I/O GND)

Operational Matrix:
Enabled
Propel

Disabled

• Seat Switch Closed
• Seat Switch Open
• Foot Throttle
• Neutral-Ready
Command
State
• Fwd/Rev Switch Input • Park Brake Set
• Rollout Door Open
• Curtis 1232SE Fault

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Machine Failed to Propel
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

2

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

3

•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Key On
See “Curtis 1232SE Controller Diagnostics” section
of this manual
Does a Curtis 1232SE controller fault condition
exist?

Correct Fault
Condition

Go to Step #2

Key Off
See “Propel Diagnostic Mode”
Is P1:Curtis Online?
Does P2: Throttle input voltage (0-5 vdc) change
proportionally with throttle pedal movement?
Does P3 :Brake pedal input turn On/Off with brake
pedal activation?
Does P4: Direction input correspond with Fwd/Rev
rocker switch position?
Does P5:Speed input from drive assembly encoder
(speed, direction, position sensor) read “0000.0
Mph?”
Does P8:Propel motor current read “0000.0 Amps?”
Is the answer “Yes” to all of the above?

Go to Step #3

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

Key Off
Place machine on jackstands so drive wheel is lifted
off the floor
Enable forward propel
Test voltage applied to the propel subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

Terms:
VDC = Direct Current Voltage

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-41

TROUBLESHOOTING
Rear Squeegee Down, OFF

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M1B

13/BLK

2/RED-TAN

CB1
60A

40/TAN
- or 40/BLU

J5-1(B+)

J5-2 (B-)

M17 Water
Pick-Up Module

Squeegee
Actuator

Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

1

41/PNK

2

42/BRN

J6-18 SQGE ACT 1
J6-17 SQGE ACT 2

Retract
Limit Sw.

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Squeegee
Down

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Squeegee/Vac ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Squeegee/Vac OFF
• Reverse Propel
• Recovery Tank Full
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

RSL001

4-42

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Rear Squeegee Failed to Raise/Lower
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable rear squeegee down
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the rear squeegee in manual mode
Does the rear squeegee raise/lower?

Go to Step #5

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J5-3 and
J5-2 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING REAR SQUEEGEE LIFT ACTUATOR in the
SERVICE section of this manual
Does the rear squeegee lift actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #5

Replace Rear
Squeegee Lift
Actuator

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or
Replace Necessary Components

•

5

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect rear squeegee lift actuator to main wire
harness
Test voltage applied to rear squeegee lift subsystem
as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
REAR SQUEEGEE LIFT
ACTUATOR in
the SERVICE
section of this
manual.

YES

NO

Terms:
J5-3 = Water PU Module Connector #5, Pin #3
J5-2 = Water PU Module Connector #5, Pin #2

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-43

TROUBLESHOOTING
Scrub Head Lift

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From Bus Bar

Switched B+
From Key Switch

Bus Bar

M17 Scrub Module

FUSE 2
100A

16/BLU

8/GRY

Scrub Head Lift Actuator
2
MTR

P1-1 B+

J4-18 Key Switch B(-) P2-1

1

28/GRY
27/PUR

13/BLK

J4-10 Scrub Act
J4-9 Scrub Act
CAN(-) J1-2
CAN(+) J1-1

GRN
YEL Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Scrub Head
Down

Enabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Neutral-Ready State
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

MSL001

4-44

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Scrub Head Failed to Raise/Lower
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable scrub head down
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the scrub head in manual mode
Does the scrub head raise/lower?

Go to Step #5

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-9 and
J4-10 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING MAIN BRUSH LIFT ACTUATOR in the
SERVICE section of this manual
Does the scrub head lift actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #5

Replace Scrub
Head Lift
Actuator

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
5

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect scrub head lift actuator to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to scrub head lift subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
MAIN BRUSH
LIFT ACTUATOR

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-9 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #9
J4-10 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #10

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-45

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) ON

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M4B

13/BLK

150/RED-TAN

CB17
15A

M17 Side
Sweep Module
J3-1 (B-)
J3-2 (B+)

174/YEL

174/YEL

Input_0 J4-7

1
BLU

MTR

2
BRN

175/GRN

J4-17 LH Side Br
Output_1

174/YEL

Side Sweep Select J4-15

BLU

MTR

2
BRN

Right Sweep
Brush Motor

172/BRN

J4-16
RH Side Br
Output_0

189/WHT
4

6

NOT USED 5

Left Sweep
Brush Motor

1

13/BLK

CAN (-) J5-2
CAN (+) J5-1

THERMAL SENTRY
N.C. / OPEN = HOPPER FIRE

118/GRY

+36V = KEY ON, MAIN PRECHARGE ACTIVE
<0.5VDC = MAIN PRECHARGE COMPLETE,
MAIN CONTACTOR TURNED ON,
START SWEEP SYSTEM PRECHARGE.

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Side Sweep
Brush(es)

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Side Brush Switch ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Side Brush Switch OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

RSL001

4-46

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) Failed to Turn ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable side brush
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the side brush in manual mode
Do the side brush turn On?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits CB17 or
J4-16, J4-17 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I6: Side Sweep On/Off input correspond
with side brush rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING SIDE SWEEP BRUSH MOTOR in the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the side brush motor pass the testing?

Go to Step #6

Replace Side
Brush Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•

6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect side brush motor to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to side brush subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
SIDE SWEEP
BRUSH MOTOR

YES

NO

Terms:
CB17 = High Side
J4-16 = Right Side Sweep Module
J4-17 = Left Side Sweep Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-47

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) Extend/Down, OFF

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M4B

13/BLK

150/RED-TAN
150/RED-TAN

LH Side
Actuator

Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

CB17
15A 174/YEL

1
176/BLU
177/PUR

Retract
Limit Sw.
Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

13/BLK

J3-2(B+)
Input_0 J4-7

2

RH Side
Actuator

M17 Side
Sweep Module
J3-1 (B-)

J4-11 LH Side Br

6

THERMAL SENTRY
N.C. / OPEN = HOPPER FIRE

J4-12 LH Side Br

CAN (-) J3-2
J4-1

179/WHT RH Side Br

2

4

NOT USED 5

Side Sweep Select J4-15

1

189/WHT

CAN (+) J3-1

118/GRY

+36V = KEY ON, MAIN PRECHARGE ACTIVE
<0.5VDC = MAIN PRECHARGE COMPLETE,
MAIN CONTACTOR TURNED ON,
START SWEEP SYSTEM PRECHARGE.

GRN

YEL

J4-2

Twisted
Pair

178/GRY RH Side Br
Retract
Limit Sw.

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Side Sweep
Brush(es)

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Side Brush Switch ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Side Brush Switch OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

RSL001

4-48

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) Failed to Extend/Lower
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable side sweep brush extend/down
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Extend/Lower the side brush in manual mode
Does the side brush extend/lower?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-1, 2 or
J4-11, 12 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I6: Side Sweep On/Off input correspond
with side brush rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING SIDE SWEEP BRUSH LIFT ACTUATOR in
the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the side brush lift actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #6

Replace Side
Brush Lift
Actuator

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
6

•
•
•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect side brush lift actuator to main wire harness
Key On
Side brush extend/down enabled
Test voltage applied to side brush lift subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
SIDE SWEEP
BRUSH LIFT
ACTUATOR

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-1, 2 = Side Sweep Module
J4-11, 12 = Side Scrub Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-49

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) Retract/Up, OFF

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M4B

13/BLK

150/RED-TAN
150/RED-TAN

LH Side
Actuator

Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

CB17
15A 174/YEL

M17 Side
Sweep Module
J3-1 (B-)

13/BLK

189/WHT

J3-2(B+)
Input_0 J4-7

1
176/BLU

2

4
5

J4-11 LH Side Br

6

THERMAL SENTRY
N.C. / OPEN = HOPPER FIRE

J4-12 LH Side Br
177/PUR

Retract
Limit Sw.

RH Side
Actuator

Extend
Limit Sw.

MTR

Side Sweep Select J4-15

1

CAN (-) J3-2
J4-1

179/WHT RH Side Br

2

CAN (+) J3-1

118/GRY

+36V = KEY ON, MAIN PRECHARGE ACTIVE
<0.5VDC = MAIN PRECHARGE COMPLETE,
MAIN CONTACTOR TURNED ON,
START SWEEP SYSTEM PRECHARGE.

GRN

YEL

J4-2

Twisted
Pair

178/GRY RH Side Br
Retract
Limit Sw.

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF

• 1-STEP Scrub ON

Side Sweep • Side Brush Switch OFF • Side Brush Switch ON
Brush(es) • Recovery Tank Full
Retract/Up • Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

RSL001

4-50

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Side Sweep Brush(es) Failed to Retract/Raise
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable side brush retract/up
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-1, 2 or
J4-11, 12 as open or shorted?

Go to Step #3

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I6: Side Sweep On/Off input correspond
with side brush rocker switch position?

Go to Step #4

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

4

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING SIDE SWEEP BRUSH LIFT ACTUATOR in
the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the side brush lift actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #5

Replace Side
Brush Lift
Actuator

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
5

•
•
•
•

Key On
Side brush switch Off
Test voltage applied to side brush lift subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
SIDE SWEEP
BRUSH LIFT
ACTUATOR

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-1, 2 = Side Sweep Module Connector #6, Pin #17 or 18
J4-11, 12 = Side Scrub Module Connector #6, Pin #14 or 16

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-51

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control ON - Main Brush (Conventional)

* SV3 (J4-17) H2O Valve Voltages
Level

PWM%

Low

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

16%
31%
47%

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

31%
47%
63%

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

47%
63%
83%

Med

(Default)

High

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From Key Switch

Battery (+)

Range

1/RED

NOTE: The period for one cycle is 2 seconds.
For example, 50% would be 1 second On and
one second off. 75% would be 1.5 seconds On
and 0.5 seconds Off.
8/GRY

M1B
Bus Bar

FUSE 2
100A

16/BLU

J4-18 Key Switch

P1-1 (B+)

B(-) P2-1

2/RED-TAN

13/BLK

M17 Scrub Module

CAN(-) J1-2

CB6
2.5A

CAN(+) J1-1

19/WHT

18/GRY

SV-3 Conventional
Water Solenoid

GRN
YEL Twisted
Pair

J4-17 Main
Water Solenoid

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Solution Control OFF
• Neutral-Ready State
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

• Solution Control ON
Solution
Control - Main • Fwd/Rev Propel
(Conventional)

CSC002

4-52

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control Failed to Turn ON - Main Brush (Conventional)
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable solution control (conventional)
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate solution control in manual mode
Does the machine dispense water to the floor

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuit J4-17 as
open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #6 to reset
Is circuit breaker #6 tripped?

Reset and Test
Solution Control Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•
•

Key Off
Disconnect SV3 from main wire harness
Apply battery voltage to SV3 using fuse-protected
jumper leads
Does the main brush dispense solution?

Go to Step #6

Repair or
Replace S3

Key Off
Reconnect SV3 to main wire harness
Key On
Enable solution control (conventional)
Test voltage applied to solution control subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
6

•
•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-17 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #17
SV3 = Solenoid Valve #3 (Main Brush)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-53

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control ON - Side Brush (Conventional)
Battery (-)

Switched B+
From Buss Bar

* Side Pump (J4-10) Voltages
Range

Level

Voltage

Low

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

4.9 V
6.1 V
7.3 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

6.1 V
7.3 V
8.5 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

7.3 V
8.5 V
9.7 V

Med

(Default)

High

M17 Side
Scrub Module

CB3
35A

103/ORA

SV6 Side Br.
H2O Valve

CB7
2.5A
104/YEL

*Side Br.
Water Pump
MTR

CAN- J2-2

107/PUR

YEL

Twisted
Pair

GRN

ON

J4-9 Side
H2O Valve

6

Enable J4-6

106/BLU

13/BLK

B(-) J5-2

J5-1 B(+)

CAN+ J2-1

2/RED-TAN

13/BLK

2/RED-TAN

NOTE: The side water valve stays on continuously
when the side water pump is operating at any
voltage.

J4-10 Side H2O Pump

112/BRN

2 OFF

8
5
4
1

Side Scrub

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative SBC004

4-54

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Side Brush Switch OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

Solution
• Side Brush Switch ON
Control-Side • Fwd/Rev Propel
(Conventional)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control Failed to Turn ON - Side Brush (Conventional)
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

•

Key On
Enable side brush solution control
(conventional)
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate solution control in manual mode
Does the machine dispense water to the side brush?

Go to Step #7

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-10 or
J4-9 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #3 to reset
Is circuit breaker #3 tripped?

Reset and Test
Solution Control Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #7 to reset
Is circuit breaker #7 tripped?

Reset and Test
Solution Control Operation

Go to Step #6

6

•
•

Key Off
Disconnect SV6 and side brush water pump from
main wire harness
Apply battery voltage to SV6 and side brush water
pump using fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the side brush dispense solution?

Go to Step #7

Repair or
Replace SV6
or Side Brush
Water Pump

Key Off
Reconnect SV6 and side brush water pump to main
wire harness
Key On
Enable side brush solution control (conventional)
Test voltage applied to the side brush solution control subsystem as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•

7

•
•
•
•
•
•

Terms:
J4-9 = Side Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #9
J4-10 = Side Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #10
SV6 = Solenoid Valve #6 (Side Brush)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-55

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control ON (ec-H2O)
* Ec Pump (J4-4) Voltages
Level

Voltage

+ Side Br

Low

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

7.5 V
11.2 V
16.2 V

12.5 V
16.2 V
21.2 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

11.2 V
16.2 V
21.2 V

17.5 V
21.2 V
23.7 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

16.2 V
21.2 V
25 V

21.2 V
23.7 V
25 V

Med

(Default)

Switched B+
From M1B

High

B- From
Stando˜

Range

J4-1 VCC_1
J4-2 VCC_2

GND J4-14

2/RED-TAN

GND J4-13
GND J4-12

SV7 ec-H2O
Side Br. Valve

CB8
2.5A

46/BLU

51/PNK

ec-H2O
Module

CB9
2.5A

C2 Capacitor (0.01Uf )
50/TAN

+

52/BRN

-

Pressure IN
J4-9

J4-4 Pump

MTR

CAN (+) J4-10

ec-H2O Pump

CAN (-) J4-11
50/TAN

8EA/GRY
Sparger

7EA/PUR
3EA/ORA

e-Cell

13/BLK

J4-5 Side Br. Valve

4EA/YEL

N.C. Opens @
20 +/- 2 psi = Fault
N.O.

60/TAN

Com

N.C.

CAN+/YEL
Twisted Pair
CAN-/GRN

J4-3 Flyback
J5-1 (SPA-A) (ec-H2O SW)
J5-6
J5-2 (SPA-B) (ec-H2O SW) 9EA/WHT
J5-5

Flush Switch

13EA/BLK

J5-3 (CELL-A)
J5-4 (CELL-B)

Operational Matrix:
Enabled

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative ECC001

4-56

Solution
Control
(ec-H2O)

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Solution Control ON
• ec-H2O Button ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Solution Control OFF
• ec-H2O Button OFF/SE ON
• Neutral-Ready State
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• ec-H2O System Fault
• Circuit Fault

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Solution Control Failed to Turn ON (ec-H2O)
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable solution control (ec-H2O)
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breakers #8 and #9 to reset
Is a circuit breaker tripped?

Reset and Test
ec-H2O Solution Control
Operation

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
Enable solution control (ec-H2O)
Is the ec-H2O LED flashing RE, indicating a system
restriction or low water conductivity*?

See “ec-H2O
Module Flush
Procedure”
Section. Then
Proceed to
Step #4

Go to Step #5

4

•
•

System OK

•

Key Off
See “ec-H2O Module Flush Procedure” section of this
manual
Did the flush procedure fix the problem?

See “Testing
ec-H2O Pressure Switch”

5

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate solution control (ec-H2O) in manual mode
Does solution control (ec-H2O) turn On?

Go to Step #8

Go to Step #6

6

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-4, 5 or
J5-1, 2 or J5-3, 4 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #7

7

•
•
•

Key Off
Disconnect ec-H2O water pump from wire harness
Apply battery voltage to ec-H2O water pump using
fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the ec-H2O water pump dispense water?

Go to Step #8

Repair or Replace ec-H2O
Water Pump

Key Off
Reconnect ec-H2O water pump to wire harness
Key On
Enable solution control (ec-H2O)
Test voltage applied to solution control (ec-H2O)
system as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go to Step #9

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

Key On
Enable solution control (ec-H2O)
Is the ec-H2O LED solid RED, indicating an overcurrent condition on a system component?

Replace
ec-H2O
Module

Go Back to
Step #1

•
8

•
•
•
•
•
•

9

•
•
•

VALUE(S)

See “Self-Test
Mode”

YES

NO

*NOTE: Add 1/2 tablespoon of salt for every 10 gallons of water in the solution tank to increase water conductivity.
Terms:
LED = Light Emitting Diode
J4-4 = ec-H2O Module Connector #4, Pin #4
J4-5 = ec-H2O Module Connector #4, Pin #5

J5-1 = ec-H2O Module Connector #5, Pin #1
J5-2 = ec-H2O Module Connector #5, Pin #2
J5-3 = ec-H2O Module Connector #5, Pin #3
J5-4 = ec-H2O Module Connector #5, Pin #4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-57

TROUBLESHOOTING
Severe Environment - Spot Cleaning
Switched B+
From Key Switch

Range

1%

1/RED

2%

(Default)

3%

Level

Voltage

+ Side Br

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

4.5 V
7.6 V
9.4 V

6.5 V
9.0 V
10.5 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

10.1 V
15.5 V
34.4 V

12.4 V
26.6 V
36 V

1-LED
2-LEDs
3-LEDs

18.5 V
36 V
36 V

36 V
36 V
36 V

J4-18 Key Switch

FUSE 2
100A

Bus Bar

16/BLU

2/RED-TAN

P1-1 (B+)

B(-) P2-1

CAN(-) J1-2
Severe
Environment
Pump

19/WHT

CAN(+) J1-1
23/ORA

MTR

19/WHT

Long Spot
Clean LED

19/WHT

12

11

25/GRN

10

9

26/BLU

NOTE: Pump and LED operate for
duration set in configuration mode.
Default duration is 30 seconds (short)
and 36 minutes (long).

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

GRN
Twisted
Pair

YEL

J4-14 Severe
Environment Pump Spot Clean
Short Spot J4-8
35/GRN
J4-12 Long Spot
Clean LED
Long Spot J4-7
36/BLU

Short Spot
Clean LED

19/WHT

13/BLK

13/BLK

CB6
2.5A

NOTE: Conventional water
range changes to heavy
during severe environment
mode.

M17 Scrub Module

8/GRY

M1B

Battery (-)

Battery (+)

* SE Pump (J4-14) Voltages

J4-11 Short Spot
Clean LED

11
8
5
4
1
9

12
6
2
10

NOTE: See LEDs on
left side of schematic

Operational Matrix:
Severe
Environment
Spot Clean

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Solution Control ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel
• SE Switch On

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Solution Control OFF
• Neutral-Ready State
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

CSC003

4-58

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Severe Environment - Spot Cleaning Failed to Turn On
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable severe environment - spot clean
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate detergent pump in manual mode
Does the pump dispense detergent?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-14, J4-12,
or J4-11 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #6 to reset
Is circuit breaker #6 tripped?

Reset and Test
SE-Spot Clean
Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•

Key Off
Check to be sure there is detergent in the concentrate tank
Disconnect detergent pump from main wire harness
Apply battery voltage to detergent pump using fuseprotected jumper leads
Does the pump dispense detergent?

Go to Step #6

Repair or
Replace detergent pump

Key Off
Reconnect detergent pump to main wire harness
Key On
Enable severe environment subsystem
Test voltage applied to the severe environment subsystem as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•
•
6

•
•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-14 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #14
J4-12 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #12
J4-11 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #11

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-59

TROUBLESHOOTING
ES Detergent Pump
ES Detergent Pump Voltages
ES w/o Side
Brush

Economy
1 LED

Economy
2 LEDs

Economy
3 LEDs

Normal
1 LED

Normal
2 LEDs

Normal
3 LEDs

Heavy
1 LED

Heavy
2 LEDs

Heavy
3 LEDs

1% Dilution

0V

2.0V

4.5V

0V

6.8V

10.1V

0V

9.8V

18.5V

2% Dilution

0V

4.5V

7.6V

0V

10.1V

15.5V

0V

18.5V

36V

3% Dilution

0V

7.6V

9.4V

0V

15.5V

34.4V

0V

36V

36V

ES w/ Side
Brush

Economy
1 LED

Economy
2 LEDs

Economy
3 LEDs

Normal
1 LED

Normal
2 LEDs

Normal
3 LEDs

Heavy
1 LED

Heavy
2 LEDs

Heavy
3 LEDs

1% Dilution

0V

3.0V

6.5V

0V

9.0V

12.4V

0V

12.7V

36V

2% Dilution

0V

6.5V

9.0V

0V

12.4V

26.6V

0V

36V

36V

3% Dilution

0V

9.0V

10.5V

0V

26.6V

36V

0V

36V

36V

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From Key Switch

Battery (+)

1/RED

M17 Scrub Module
8/GRY

M1B

J4-18 Key Switch

FUSE 2
100A

Bus Bar

16/BLU

2/RED-TAN

P1-1 (B+)

B(-) P2-1

CAN(-) J1-2
CAN(+) J1-1

ES
Pump
19/WHT

MTR

23/ORA

GRN
YEL

Twisted
Pair

13/BLK

CB6
2.5A

13/BLK

J4-14 ES
Detergent Pump

Operational Matrix:
Enabled
Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
ES
• Solution Control ON
Detergent 2 or 3 LEDs
Pump
• Fwd/Rev Propel
• ES On

Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Solution Control/ES OFF
• Neutral-Ready State
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

CSC003

4-60

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
ES Detergent Pump Failed to Turn On
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable ES scrubbing technology
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate detergent pump in manual mode
Does the pump dispense detergent?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-14 as
open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #6 to reset
Is circuit breaker #6 tripped?

Reset and Test
ES Detergent
Pump Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•

Key Off
Check to be sure there is detergent in the concentrate tank
Disconnect detergent pump from main wire harness
Apply battery voltage to detergent pump using fuseprotected jumper leads
Does the pump dispense detergent?

Go to Step #6

Repair or
Replace detergent pump

Key Off
Reconnect detergent pump to main wire harness
Key On
Enable ES detergent pump
Test voltage applied to the ES detergent pump as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•
•
6

•
•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-14 = Scrub Module Connector #4, Pin #14

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-61

TROUBLESHOOTING
ES Water Pump

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M1B

40/TAN
- or 40/BLU

13/BLK

2/RED-TAN

CB1
60A

J5-1(B+)

J5-2 (B-)

2/RED-TAN

M17 Water
Pick-Up Module

ES Pump
1
MTR
3-5A

2 48/GRY
49/WHT

Rec Tank Full J6-10
54/YEL

102/BRN

J6-12 Autoÿll
Solution Valve

53/ORA

0.5A

Rec Tank 1/2 Full J6-9
55/GRN

0.5A

Rec Tank
Full = Closed

J6-14 ES PUMP (-)

13/BLK

CB5
2.5A

J6-13 ES PUMP (+)

101/PNK

J6-11 Autoÿll
Recovery Valve

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

Rec Tank
1/2 Full = Closed
GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

ES Water
Pump

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Squeegee/Vac ON
• ES On
• Rec Tank 1/2 Full
• Sol Tank Not Full

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Squeegee/Vac OFF
• Sol/Rec Tank Full
• ES Oﬀ
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

RSL001

4-62

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
ES Water Pump Failed to Turn On
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable ES scrubbing technology
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate ES pump in manual mode
Does the ES pump turn On?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J6-13, 14
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #1 to reset
Is circuit breaker #1 tripped?

Reset and
Test ES Pump
Operation

Go to Step #5

5

•
•

Key Off
Check to be sure there is water in the recovery tank
and that the solution tank is not full
Disconnect ES pump from main wire harness
Apply battery voltage to ES pump using fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the ES pump transfer water from the recovery
tank to the solution tank?

Go to Step #6

Repair or Replace ES pump

Key Off
Reconnect ES pump to main wire harness
Key On
Enable ES pump
Test voltage applied to the ES pump as shown on the
electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•
•
6

•
•
•
•
•
•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Terms:
J6-14 = Water/P/U Module Connector #6, Pin #14

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-63

TROUBLESHOOTING
Spray Nozzle ON (Option)

Note: Key Switch ON

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M3B

13/BLK

6/BLU

CB10
15A

D-2

Spray Nozzle Switch
63/ORA

1
4
5
8
9

2
6
10

64/YEL

MTR

13/BLK

Spray Nozzle Pump
13/BLK

64/YEL

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative SNC001

4-64

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Spray Nozzle Failed to Turn ON (Option)
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable spray nozzle subsystem
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
Firmly press circuit breaker #10 to reset
Is circuit breaker #10 tripped?

Reset and Test
Spray Nozzle
Operation

Go to Step #3

3

•
•

Key Off
Disconnect spray nozzle water pump from wire harness
Apply battery voltage to spray nozzle water pump
using fuse-protected jumper leads
Does the spray nozzle water pump dispense water?

Go to Step #4

Repair or
Replace Spray
Nozzle Water
Pump

Key Off
Reconnect spray nozzle water pump to wire harness
Key On
Turn spray nozzle switch On
Test voltage applied to spray nozzle subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
•
4

•
•
•
•
•
•

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

4-65

TROUBLESHOOTING
Scrub Vacuum Fans ON

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M1B

13/BLK

2/RED-TAN

CB1
60A

40/TAN
- or 40/BLU

J5-1(B+)

J5-2 (B-)

M17 Water
Pick-Up Module

19A

19A

Vacuum Fan #1
2
MTR

1

43/ORA
44/YEL

Vacuum Fan #2
2
MTR

1

45/GRN
47/PUR

J7-1 Vac Fan J7-2 Vac Fan +

J7-3 Vac Fan J7-4 Vac Fan +

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Enabled
Disabled
• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
•
Squeegee/Vac
ON
• Squeegee/Vac OFF
Vacuum Fans
• Recovery Tank Full
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

RSL001

4-66

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Scrub Vacuum Fan(s) Failed to Turn ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable scrubbing vacuum fans
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate vacuum fans in manual mode
Do the vacuum fans turn On?

Go to Step #5

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J7-1, 2
or J7-3, 4 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING VACUUM FAN (SCRUBBING) in the SERVICE section of this manual
Do the vacuum fan motors pass the testing?

Go to Step #5

Repair or Replace Vacuum
Fan Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
5

•
•
•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect vacuum fan motor to main wire harness
Key On
Enable scrubbing vacuum fan subsystem
Test voltage applied to the scrubbing vacuum fan
subsystem as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
VACUUM FAN
(SCRUBBING)

YES

NO

Terms:
J7-1, 2 = Water PU Module Connector #7, Pin #1 or 2
J7-3, 4 = Water PU Module Connector #7, Pin #3 or 4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-67

TROUBLESHOOTING
Sweep Vacuum Fans ON

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB17
15A

174/YEL

193/ORA

CB18
40A

M1

J3-2 (B+)

MTR

M2
RED 1

181/PNK

2

182/BRN

3

BLU

M1

MTR

J4-10
J4-5
RPM_IN

13/BLK

25A
VAC MTR #1 (TOP)

CB19
40A

13/BLK

J3-1 (B-)

WHT

194/YEL

13/BLK

M17 Sweep/
Vac Module

M2
RED

WHT
BLU

1

184/YEL J4-9

2

186/BLU

3

CAN (-) J5-2

J4-4
RPM_IN

CAN (+) J5-1

25A
VAC MTR #2 (BTM)

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

13/BLK

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative RSL001

4-68

Sweep Vac
Fans

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Sweep Brush Switch
ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Siweep Brush Switch
OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Sweep Vacuum Fans ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable sweep vacuum fans
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate vacuum fans in manual mode
Do the vacuum fans turn On?

Go to Step #5

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-4, 9
J4-5, 10 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING VACUUM FAN in the SERVICE section
of this manual
Do the vacuum fan motors pass the testing?

Go to Step #5

Repair or Replace Vacuum
Fan Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
5

•
•
•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect vacuum fan motor to main wire harness
Key On
Enable sweeping vacuum fan subsystem
Test voltage applied to the scrubbing vacuum fan
subsystem as shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
VACUUM FAN

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-4, 9 = Sweep/Vac Module
J4-5, 10 = Sweep/Vac Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-69

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Lift Pump, Down

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

NOT USED

MTR
35A

J4-5
INPUT_3

4
1

BLU

161/PNK

3

BLK

162/BRN

2

GRN

163/ORA

J5-1 PUMP_UP
J5-3 PUMP_GND

J4-13
INPUT_2

151/PNK
GND. = HOPPER DOWN

153/ORA P1-1

13/BLK

J4-4
INPUT_1

P1-2

152/BRN P1-4

J5-2 PUMP_DN

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

GRN
Twisted
Pair

YEL

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +

Hopper Lift
System

Enabled

Disabled

• Hopper Switch
Activated

• Hopper Switch
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

Battery Negative RSL001

4-70

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Lift Pump, Down
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable hopper switch to lower.
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

2

•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual

•

Activate the Hopper Switch

•

Does the hopper lower?

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J5-2
J5-3 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I12: Hopper On/Off input correspond with
hopper rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING HOPPER LIFT PUMP in the SERVICE
section of this manual
Does the hopper lift pump pass the testing?

•
6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect hopper lift pump to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to pump system as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

Go to Step #6 Go to Step #3

See TESTING
HOPPER LIFT
PUMP

Go to Step #6

Replace pump

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

Terms:
J5-2,3 = Main Sweep/Lift Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-71

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Lift Pump, UP

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

NOT USED

MTR
35A

J4-5
INPUT_3

4
1

BLU

161/PNK

3

BLK

162/BRN

2

GRN

163/ORA

J5-1 PUMP_UP
J5-3 PUMP_GND

J4-13
INPUT_2

151/PNK
13/BLK

J4-4
INPUT_1

153/ORA P1-1

P1-2

152/BRN P1-4

GND. = HOPPER UP

J5-2 PUMP_DN

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +

Hopper Lift
System

Enabled

Disabled

• Hopper Switch
Activated

• Hopper Switch
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

Battery Negative RSL001

4-72

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Lift Pump, UP
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable hopper switch to raise.
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

2

•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual

•

Activate the Hopper Switch

•

Does the hopper raise?

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J5-1
J5-3 as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I12: Hopper On/Off input correspond with
hopper rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING HOPPER LIFT PUMP in the SERVICE
section of this manual
Does the hopper lift pump pass the testing?

•
6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect hopper lift pump to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to pump system as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

See
Go to Step #2
“Fault Section"

Go to Step #6 Go to Step #3

See TESTING
HOPPER LIFT
PUMP

Go to Step #6

Replace pump

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

Terms:
J5-1,3 = Main Sweep/Lift Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-73

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Roll Actuator, Retract/In, Off

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

Hopper Roll
Extend
Actuator
Limit Sw.

MTR
2-4A

Not Used

3

2
1

164/YEL
165/GRN

J4-18 HALF_2

J4-14
INPUT_4

J4-9 HALF_2B+

J4-3
INPUT_5

Retract
Limit Sw.

154/YEL P1-1

13/BLK

GND. = HOPPER ROLL IN

P1-2

155/GRN P1-4

GND. = HOPPER ROLL OUT
+5V_REF
ANALOG_1

DIGITAL GND.

J4-1

158/GRY

POTENTIOMETER-1
4

J4-2

159/WHT

5

POT+

CAN (+) J3-1

GRN
Twisted
Pair

YEL

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +

Hopper Roll
Actuator

Enabled

Disabled

• Hopper Roll
Actuator Switch IN

• Roll Switch OFF
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

Battery Negative RSL001

4-74

6

WIPER

HOPPER ROLL POSITION

J4-10 160/TAN

CAN (-) J3-2

POT-

INSIDE HOPPER
ROLL ACTUATOR
MTR

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Roll Actuator, Retract/In, Off
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable hopper roll switch
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the hopper roll actuator switch in manual
mode
Does the hopper roll IN?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-9, 18
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I6: Roll Switch in/out correspond with
rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING HOPPER ROLL ACTUATOR in the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the roll actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #6

Replace Side
Brush Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect hopper roll actuator to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to hopper roll actuator system as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

See TESTING
HOPPER ROLL
ACTUATOR

Terms:
J4-9,18 = Main Sweep/Lift Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-75

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Roll Actuator, Extend/Out, Off

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

Hopper Roll
Extend
Actuator
Limit Sw.

MTR
2-4A

Not Used

3

2
1

164/YEL
165/GRN

J4-18 HALF_2

J4-14
INPUT_4

J4-9 HALF_2B+

J4-3
INPUT_5

Retract
Limit Sw.

154/YEL P1-1

13/BLK

GND. = HOPPER ROLL IN

P1-2

155/GRN P1-4

GND. = HOPPER ROLL OUT

+5V_REF

J4-1

158/GRY

POTENTIOMETER-1
4

ANALOG_1

J4-2

159/WHT

5

DIGITAL GND.

J4-10

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

POT+

POT-

HOPPER ROLL POSITION

160/TAN

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative -

Hopper Roll
Actuator

Enabled

Disabled

• Hopper Roll
Actuator Switch OUT

• Roll Switch OFF
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

RSL001

4-76

6

WIPER

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

INSIDE HOPPER
ROLL ACTUATOR
MTR

TROUBLESHOOTING
Hopper Roll Actuator, Extend/Out, Off
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable sweep brush
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the hopper roll actuator switch in manual
mode
Does the hopper roll OUT?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-9,18
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I6: Roll switch in/out correspond with
rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING HOPPER ROLL ACTUATOR in the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the roll actuator pass the testing?

Go to Step #6

Replace Side
Brush Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•

6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect hopper roll actuator to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to hopper roll actuator system as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

See TESTING
HOPPER ROLL
ACTUATOR

Terms:
J4-9,18 = Main Sweep/Lift Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-77

TROUBLESHOOTING
Middle Sweep Up/Down, Actuator

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

13/BLK

MIDDLE SWEEP UP/DN ACTUATOR

EXTEND LIMIT SW.

2

MTR
2-4A

1

166/BLU J4-16 HALF_4

167/PUR

J4-17 HALF_5

RETRACT LIMIT SW.

CAN (-) J3-2
CAN (+) J3-1

GRN
Twisted
Pair

YEL

Operational Matrix:

Main Brush

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative RSL001

4-78

Actuator

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON
• Actuator lowered

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Sweep Brush Switch
OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

• Brush Switch
ON
• Fwd/Rev Propel

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Middle Sweep Up/Down, Actuator
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable main sweep brushes
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the sweep brush in manual
mode
Does the sweep actuator lower?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

Go to Step #6

Replace
Actuator

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-16,17
as open or shorted?

4

•
•

Key Off
Test voltage applied to actuator as shown on the
electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

•
5

•
•
•

6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See TESTING MAIN SWEEP ACTUATOR in the SERVICE
section of this manual
Does the actuator motor pass the testing?
Key Off
Reconnect sweep actuator to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to actuator subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
MAIN SWEEP
ACTUATOR

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-16,17= Main Sweep Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-79

TROUBLESHOOTING
Middle Sweep Motors

Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

173/ORA

13/BLK

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module

J6-2 (B+)
J6-1 (B-)

13/BLK

MIDDLE SWEEP MTR_1 (FRONT)

1

2

MTR
RED

168/GRY

114/YEL

2

1

MTR
BLACK

J7-2 HALF_6

BLACK

169/WHT

J7-1 RETURN_6_7

CAN (-) J3-2

J7-3 HALF_7

GRN

RED

MIDDLE SWEEP MTR_2 (REAR)

CAN (+) J3-1

Twisted
Pair

YEL

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative RSL001

4-80

Enabled

Disabled

• 1-STEP Scrub ON

• 1-STEP Scrub OFF
• Sweep Brush Switch
OFF
• Recovery Tank Full
• Solution Tank Empty
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Neutral (Ready State)

Sweep Brush Switch
Main Sweep • ON
Motors
• Fwd/Rev Propel

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Middle Sweep Motors
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable sweep brush
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the main sweep brush in manual
mode
Do the sweep brushes turn On?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J7-1, 2 or 3
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•

Key Off
Test voltage applied to brush motors as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

Go to Step #6

Replace Middle
Sweep Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•

5

•
•
•

6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
See TESTING MIDDLE SWEEP MOTORS in the SERVICE section of this manual
Does the motor(s) pass the testing?
Key Off
Reconnect side brush motor to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to side brush subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

See TESTING
MIDDLE
SWEEP
MOTORS

Terms:
J7-1, 2 = Main Sweep Module
J7-1, 3 = Mian Sweep Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-81

TROUBLESHOOTING
Shaker Motor
Battery (-)
Gnd Post

Switched B+
From M4B

M17
Main Sweep/Lift Module
173/ORA

J6-2 (B+)

J6-1 (B-)
GND

13/BLK

13/BLK

150/RED-TAN

CB16
60A

HOPPER DOWN SWITCH.
CLOSED = HOPPER DOWN

J4-4
INPUT_1
SHAKER MOTOR

2 2

MTR

3 1 1

3A

1 170/TAN
J4-11
SHAKER_OUT

174/YEL

174/YEL

INPUT_6 J4-15

156/BLU

J4-8 171/PNK
SHAKER LED

13/BLK

P1-4
9

10

SHAKER SWITCH
LIGHT/LED IS INTERNAL

158/GRY
J4-1
+5V_REF 157/PUR
13/BLK
J4-6
CLOGGED FILTER SWITCH.
INPUT_7
N.O.: CLOSED = CLOGGED.

J4-12
FLYBACK

CAN (-) J3-2 GRN
CAN (+) J3-1
YEEL

Twisted
Pair

174/YEL

CAN (+) J5-1

YEEL

13/BLK

M17
SIDE SWEEP/VAC MODULE 13/BLK
13/BLK
J3-1
GND1 13/BLK
13/BLK
174/YEL
J4-20
J3-2
THERMAL SENTRY
GND2
N.C. / OPEN=HOPPER FIRE
B+_A
4
189/WHT 4
6 6
174/YEL
J4-7
J4-18
INPUT_0 NOT USED 5
5
FLYBACK
CAN (-) J5-2 GRN

174/YEL
CB-17
15A
SWEEP

3 105/GRN

GND.= SHAKER ON/OFF
SHAKER SW.
P1-1
P1-2

158/GRY

2

3

13/BLK

151/PNK

Twisted
Pair

Operational Matrix:
Enabled

Battery Positive +
Battery Negative RSL001

4-82

Shaker Motor

• Main System ON
• Shaker Switch ON

Disabled
• Main System OFF
• Shaker Switch OFF
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault
• Clogged Filter Switch
OPEN
• CB-17 OPEN

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Shaker Motor
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•
•

Key On
Enable shaker switch
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?
Check circuit break CB17 reset if tripped

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the shaker switch in manual
mode
Does the shaker motor turn On?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

•

VALUE(S)

YES

NO

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-11,12
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does I5: Shaker On/Off input correspond with
shaker rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Key Off
See TESTING SHAKER MOTOR in SERVICE section
of this manual
Does the shaker motor pass the testing?

Go to Step #6

Replace Shaker
Motor

Go Back to
Step #1

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

•
6

•
•
•
•

Key Off
Reconnect shaker motor to main wire harness
Test voltage applied to side brush subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

See TESTING
SHAKER
MOTOR

Terms:
J4-11,12 = Main Sweep/Lift Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-83

TROUBLESHOOTING
Dry Vacuum Fan ON

Battery (-)

Switched B+
From M4B

150/RED-TAN

CB17
15A

174/YEL

13/BLK

M17 Sweep/
Vac Module

J3-2 (B+)
13/BLK

J3-1 (B-)

190/TAN
5

Not Used

Dry Vacuum
Switch

195/GRN

CB20
40A

M1

13/BLK

MTR

M2
RED

WHT
BLU

1
2
3

187/PUR J4-8
188/GRY

CAN (-) J5-2

J4-3
RPM_IN

CAN (+) J5-1

25A
DRY VAC MTR

GRN

YEL

Twisted
Pair

13/BLK

Operational Matrix:

Battery Positive +

Dry Vacuum
Fan

Enabled

Disabled

• Dry Vac Switch ON

• Dry Vac Switch OFF
• CB-20 OPEN
• Very Low Batt Voltage
• Circuit Fault

Battery Negative RSL001

4-

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

TROUBLESHOOTING
Dry Vacuum Fan ON
STEP

ACTION

1

•
•
•

Key On
Enable dry vac switch
Is there a pertinent fault message displayed?

Go to Step #2
See
“Fault Section"

2

•
•
•
•
•

Key Off
See “Manual Mode” section of this manual
Activate the dry vac switch in manual mode
Does the vacuum turn On?
Confirm CB20 not tripped?

Go to Step #6

Go to Step #3

3

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Self-Test Mode”
Does the Self-Test display output circuits J4-3, 8
as open or shorted?

Correct Open
or Short Circuit Condition

Go to Step #4

4

•
•
•

Key Off
See “Input Display Mode”
Does dry vac switch ON/Off input correspond
with rocker switch position?

Go to Step #5

Correct Faulty
Input Condition

5

•
•

Go to Step #6

Replace Dry
Vac Fan

•

Key Off
See TESTING DRY VAC FAN in the Service section
of this manual
Does the vac fan pass the testing?

•
•

Key Off
Reconnect vac fan to main wire harness

Go Back to
Step #1

•
•
•

Key On
Dry Vac Fan enabled
Test voltage applied to vac fan subsystem as
shown on the electrical schematic
Are the electrical circuits operating as shown on the
electrical schematic?

Identify Voltage Drop
Location and
Repair or Replace Necessary Components

6

•

VALUE(S)

See TESTING
DRY VAC FAN

YES

NO

Terms:
J4-3,8 = Sweep Vac Module

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4-85

TROUBLESHOOTING

4-86

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE

SECTION
Contents

Page Contents

Service
Service Procedures. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
		Rear Squeegee Lift Actuator .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
			Removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-2
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-3
rod adjustment .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-3
Side Brush Lift Actuator.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-4
			Removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-4
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-5
			Adusting side brush
				spring tube assembly. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-5
		Vacuum Fan Assembly .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-6
			Removal .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-6
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-7
		side brush motor.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-8
			Removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-8
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-9
main brush lift actuator.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-10
			Removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-10
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-11
		Main Scrub head.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-12
			removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-12
			installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-13
main scrub brush motor
			(cylindrical) .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-14
				removal.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-14
				installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
		instrument panel.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
			Removal. .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
			Installation.  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-16
	l LogIc Board rePLacemenT .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-17
removaL  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-17
InSTaLLaTIon  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-18
			i
STeerIng WheeL TImInG  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-19
PAGE'S INTENTIONAL BLANK  .  .  .  . 5-20 - 5-22
rear Brake adjuSTmenT  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 5-23
		R
			R
	C
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH MOTOR
		R
REPLACEMENT  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  .  . . .  .5-24
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH PATTERN
PROCEDURE  .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  . . 5-25
ROLL OUT ACTUATOR REPLACEMENT. 5-27
ROLL OUT ACTUATOR
PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
CALIBRATION OF POWER STEERING
AND WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5

Page

	CCOMPONENT TESTING
		M
recovery Tank LeveL SenSorS  .  . . .  .  .  .  . 5-32
SoLuTIon Tank LeveL SenSor  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-34
ProPeL moTor (and encoder)  .  .  .  . . .  .  . 5-36
		si
ProPeL moTor caBLeS  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  .  .  . 5-38
ThroTTLe SenSor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-40
SIde BruSh LIfT acTuaTor  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . .  . 5-42
maIn BruSh LIfT acTuaTor . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
rear Sqge LIfTacTuaTor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
vacuum fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
SIde SWeeP BruSh moTor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
ec-h2o PumP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
ec-h2o PreSSure SWITch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
hOPPER LIFT PUMP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
rOLL OUT ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
MAIN SWEEP ACTUATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
SHAKER MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53
DRY VAC FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

5-1

SERVICE
4. Enter Manual Mode and lower scrub head completely

Rear Squeegee Lift
removing rear Squeegee Lift actuator
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

(See Manual Mode in the Troubleshooting section of
this manual). Turn key Off immediately when head
touches the floor.
CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

1. Remove rear squeegee and set aside.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY
CAN DIAG MODE

MANUAL MODE
PROPEL DIAG MODE
FIRMWARE UPDATE

NOTE: Cylindrical Scrub Head Only: Remove debris tray
from rear of scrub head to allow for additional clearance.

2. Jack both sides of machine . Be sure to use wheel
chocks and jack stands .

Left Side

5. Loosen autofill valve mounting bracket (option) and
carefully move the valve assembly aside to allow access to the lift actuator clevis pin.

Right Side

3. Proceed to next step if actuator failed in lowered position. Carefully support rear squeegee mounting
bracket using a spacer block. This removes any spring
tension from the lift cable.

5-2

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
6. Remove lift actuator cotter and clevis pins and set
hardware aside. Cut zip tie and disconnect lift actuator from wire harness.

Installing Rear Squeegee Lift Actuator
1. Installation is reverse of removal.
Rear Squeegee linkage rod adjustment
1. The initial squeegee linkage rod adjustment
is 11 .5 in (29 .2 cm) center-to-center .

11.5 in (29.2 cm)

7. Remove lift actuator.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-3

SERVICE
4. Cut zip tie securing actuator connector to wire harness and disconnect actuator from wire harness.

Side Brush Lift Actuator
removing Side BruSh Lift actuator(S)
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, empty solution and recovery tanks,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn
off machine and remove key.
1. Jack both sides of machine . Be sure to use wheel
chocks and jack stands .

Left Side

5. Remove actuator mounting clevis (2) and cotter (2)
pins.

Right Side

6. Remove cotter and clevis pin from actuaotor.

2. Remove side brush side squeegee assembly and side
brush and set aside

7. Remove lift actuator from machine.

3. Remove side brush assembly mounting bolt and
carefully lower the side brush mechanism to the floor.

5-4

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
Installing side brush Lift Actuator
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

3 . Loosen the jam nut on the spring-tube assembly and
turn the body of the spring tube until the initial endto-end dimension is 12 .25 in (31 .115 cm) .

NOTE: The side brush spring tube assembly must be
adjusted following the installation of the lift actuator or
machine damage will occur.
1. Installation is the reverse of removal.
bly

1. .

Left Side

Right Side

2. Activate and lower the side brush to provide access
to the spring-tube assembly. Turn key off after brush
has lowered.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4 . The final adjustment should be made following an
inspection of the side scrub brush in the raised/retracted position. The bottom of the brush hub should
be 3.75-4.00 in (9.5-10.2 cm) from the floor to allow
for brush replacement clearance. Tighten the jam nut
when the desired height has been reached.

5-5

SERVICE
3. Key On, 1-STEP scrub On, side brush switch On. Allow
the side brush to lower completely and then turn the
key off.

vacuum fan assembly
Removing vacuum fan assembly
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine
and remove key.
1. Key Off and disconnect battery.
2. Disconnect vacuum fan from wire harness connections.

4. Loosen forward jam nut on side brush spring tube
assembly.

3. Remove vacuum fan mounting hardware (5).

5. Turn the spring tube assembly CW to shorten the
tube, thereby opening the adjustment gap in Step 2.
Turn the spring tube assembly CCW to lengthen the
tube, therby closing the adjustment gap in Step 2.
Cycle the side brush up down to check the gap.

6. Tighten the jam nut .

5-6

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
4. Remove vacuum fan assembly.

Installing vacuum fan assembly
1. Note the orientation of the vacuum fan exhaust port
to the rubber indicators for proper installation.

5. Draw a line across the vacuum fan assembly and the
mounting flange as an orientation indicator for reassembly.

2. Remainder of installation is reverse of removal.

6. Loosen the clamp and remove mounting flange from
vacuum fan assembly.

7. Disconnect muffler from vacuum fan assembly.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-7

SERVICE
Side Brush Motor
removing Side BruSh motor
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

5. Key On, 1-STEP Scrub On, side brush On and allow
side brush motor to lower completely. Turn Key Off.
6. Remove side brush cover mounting hardware (2) and
set aside.

1. Jack front of machine and support using jack stands
or support blocks.
2. Remove side brush and side brush squeegee assembly and set aside.
3. Remove side brush hub mounting bolt (1) and hub
and set aside.

4. Remove motor mounting hardware (4) and set aside.
7. Disconnect side brush motor from wire harness and
remove side brush motor.
NOTE: Slide white locking tab inward and then press the
release button.

5-8

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
8. Remove side brush motor.

installing side brush motor
1. Installation is the reverse of removal. .
NOTE: Apply anti-seize to side brush motor shaft and motor/hub mounting hardware.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-9

SERVICE
Main Brush Lift Actuator

5. Jack front of machine and support using jack stands
or support blocks.

removing main BruSh Lift actuator
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
1. Key Off. Disconnect batteries.

Left Side

Right Side

2. Remove Scrub Brushes.
3. Carefully remove front linkage pivot bolts (2).
NOTE: The front of the scrub deck will drop to the
floor once the mounting hardware is removed.
WARNING: Pinch point.

4. Carefully remove rear linkage pivot bolts (2).
NOTE: The rear of the scrub deck will drop to the
floor once the mounting hardware is removed.

6. Disconnect lift actuator from wire harness.
7. Remove lift actuator mounting pins (2).

8. Remove lift actuator.

WARNING: Pinch point.

5-10

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
installing main brush Lift Actuator
1. Key Off. Disconnect batteries.
2. Installation is the reverse of removal.
NOTE: This actuator does not require an installation adjustment. Turn the actuator tube manually to align the mounting holes and insert clevis and cotter pins.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-11

SERVICE
5. Carefully remove front linkage pivot bolts (2).

Main Scrub Head

NOTE: The front of the scrub deck will drop to the
floor once the mounting hardware is removed.

removing main ScruB head
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

WARNING: Pinch point.

1. Drain solution tank and turn key Off.
2. Remove scrub brushes and debris tray (cylindrical
only).
3. Jack front of machine and support using jack
stands or support blocks.

Left Side

Right Side

6 . carefully remove rear linkage pivot bolts (2) .
NOTE: The rear of the scrub deck will drop to the
floor once the mounting hardware is removed.
WARNING: Pinch point.

4. Enter Manual Mode and lower scrub head completely
(See Manual Mode in the Troubleshooting section of
this manual). Turn key Off immediately when head
touches the floor.

7. Jack front of machine and support using jack stands
or support blocks.

Left Side

5-12

Right Side

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
8. Disconnect lift actuator from wire harness.

12. Use a ratchet strap to support the lift mechanism to
avoid interference during scrub head removal.

9. Remove lift actuator mounting pins (2).

13. Remove scrub head.
10. Remove lift actuator.

installing main scrub head
11. Disconnect water valve from wire harness and solution hose.

1. Key Off. Disconnect batteries.
2. Installation is the reverse of removal.
NOTE: This actuator does not require an installation adjustment. Turn the actuator tube manually to align the mounting holes and insert clevis and cotter pins.
3. Cylindrical Scrub Deck Only: See CYLINDRICAL PATTERN
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE in the maintenance section
of this manual.

NOTE: The solution tank will drain from this hose. Be
sure to drain the solution tank prior to removing the
hose. (See Step 1.)

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-13

SERVICE
Main Scrub Brush Motor (Cylindrical)

4. Remove belt cover bolts (2) and set cover and hardware aside.

removing main BruSh motor
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, jack machine
up at designated locations only. Block machine up
with jack stands.
1. Jack front of machine and support using jack stands
or support blocks.

Left Side

Right Side

5. Remove belt by turning pulleys and applying outward pressure on the belt.

2. Remove scrub brushes.
3. Enter Manual Mode and lower scrub head completely
(See Manual Mode in the Troubleshooting section of
this manual). Turn key Off immediately when head
touches the floor.

5-14

6. Remove motor mounting hardware (4) and set aside.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
7. Remove motor mounting hardware (4) and set aside.

8. Disconnect main brush motor from wire harness and
remove main brush motor.
NOTE: Slide white locking tab inward and then press the
release button.

installing main brush Motor
1. Installation is the reverse of removal.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-15

SERVICE
Instrument panel

5. Loosen set screws (2) securing instrument panel
mounting tube.

removing inStrument paneL
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn off
machine and remove key.
for SafetY: When servicing machine, disconnect
bat-tery connections before working on machine.
1. Key Off. Disconnect battery.
2. Remove front access panel.
6. Remove instrument panel assembly.

3. Cut zip tie securing instrument panel wire harness
connections.

installing instrument panel

4. Disconnect instrument panel connector.

1. Installation is the reverse of removal.
2. See Configuration Mode in the troubleshooting
section of this manual to configure the new instrument panel.

5-16

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
Logic board replacement

4. Attach a wrist static strap tool to a bare metal surface.

removing Logic Board
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn off
machine and remove key.
for SafetY: When servicing machine, disconnect
bat-tery connections before working on machine.
1. Key Off. Disconnect batteries.
2. Open RH side access door.
5. Remove logic board mounting screws (2).

3. Remove electrical box cover mounting bolts (2) and
carefully lower the cover.
6. Carefully squeeze to release the plastic mounting
clips securing the logic board to the control box.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-17

SERVICE
7. Disconnect cables and connectors from logic board.

INstalling Logic board
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connections before working on machine.
1. Attach a wrist static strap tool to a metal surface.

NOTE: Always use two wrenches when securing the power
supply terminals or damage to the circuit board will occur.
Also, make sure the power supply terminals are secured
on the new board before installation. The torque
specification is 30-36 in-lbs (339-407 Ncm).
8. Remove logic board.

5-18

2 . remainder of installation is the reverse of removal .
NOTE: Always use two wrenches when securing the power
supply terminals or damage to the circuit board will occur.
Also, make sure the power supply terminals are secured
on the new board before installation. The torque
specification is 30-36 in-lbs (339-407 Ncm).

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
Steering wheel timing

5. Align the front drive tire with the centerline of the
machine.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
1. Key Off. Disconnect batteries.
2. Remove front access panel.

6. Orientate the steering wheel as shown below.

3. Loosen steering shaft hardware.

7. Carefully reinstall the steering u-joint onto the
splined steering shaft without changing the orientation of the steering wheel or drive assembly.
NOTE: Check for rotational interference between the hardware and the adjacent pedal assembly. If necessary, raise
the steering u-joint enough to clear the pedal assembly.

4. Lift steering u-joint off splined shaft.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-19

SERVICE

PAGE INTENTIONAL LEFT BLANK

5-20

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE

PAGE INTENTIONAL LEFT BLANK

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-21

SERVICE

PAGE INTENTIONAL LEFT BLANK

5-22

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
rear brake adjustment

5. Be sure that parking brake is released. Rear wheel
should spin freely.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, turn off machine and remove key.
FOR SAFETY: Chock front wheel when jacking rear of
machine to prevent machine from rolling.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect
battery connection before working on machine.
1. Key off. Open main brush doors.
2. Remove rear squeegee and set aside.
6. Loosen jam nut on rear adjustment rod.

3. Place wheel chocks on both sides of the front wheel.
4. Jack rear of machine until rear wheel is off the floor.

7. Turn the adjuster until the wheel stops spinning
freely and then back off two turns.

8. Tighten jam nut and repeat process for other wheel.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-23

SERVICE
MAIN SWEEP BRUSH MOTOR REPLACEMENT
Raise the sweeping main brush and turn off the
machine.

3. Remove the brushes from the main
sweep compartment.

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, empty solution and recovery
tanks, stop on level surface, turn off
machine, set parking brake, and remove key.
1. Open the main sweeping brush compartment
access door.

4 . Jack both sides of machine . Be sure to use wheel
chocks and jack stands .

2. Remove idler plate.

5 . Remove access panel hardware .

6 . Disconnect electrical, remove belt and then
remove hardware to remove motor(s) .

inStaLLing MAIN SWEEP MOTOR aSSemBLY
1 . Installation is the reverse of removal .

5-24

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
MAIN SWEEP HOUSING REMOVAL PROCEDURE
machine.
empty solution and recovery tanks,

stop on level

remove key
Remove main brushes and motor housing
assemble.
Replacement
R
arms.

MAIN SWEEP BRUSH PATTERN PROCEDURE
1. efore driving over to pattern area use manual mode
to verify motor currents of each brush.
. This should be done on a flat surface, variation will
be seen if not done on a consistent area.
. Currents of each brush motor should be as close to
each other as possible.
C. Currents should fall between 12-15
amps on smooth surface.
. If current is low loosen the eye bolt attached to the
spring, if high then tighten the eye bolt..

r.

2. Once at the pattern area adjust brush taper first.
A. Loosen bolts on handle.
B. Tighten adjustment bolt to raise the right side of
the brush (if pattern is heavy to the right of the
machine).
C. Loosen adjustment bolt to lower the right side of
the brush (if pattern is light on the right of the
machine).

.

of machine. Be sure to use wheel
chocks and jack stands.

Left Side

Right Side

5. Slide assemble out.

Factory Setting
1 3/16”

inStaLLing MAIN SWEEP HOUSING aSSemBLY
1 . Installation is the reverse of removal .

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-25

SERVICE
3. With taper set use left and right rod-ends to adjust
the evenness between front to back brush pattern.
A. Pattern should be 1.50” varying across the pattern
by no more than .25”.
B. When adjusting with rod-ends always use the same
number of turns per side.
C. Clockwise will tilt the head rearward, lightening the
front brush and making the rear brush pattern
heavier.
D. Counter-clockwise will tilt the head frontward,
lightening the rear brush and making the front
brush pattern heavier.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

4. If pattern is even front to back with acceptable
taper but still under 1.25” at the smallest width the
lift spring may need to be adjusted.
A. Loosen the spring eye bolt one thread to make the
pattern heavier.

5-26

SERVICE
ROLL OUT ACTUATOR REPLACEMENT
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn off
machine and remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.

2. Slowly lower the hopper until the hopper arms and
hopper rest on the jack stands. Set jack stands for
hopper in an off-set position front to rear.
NOTE: Hopper must have clearance to free spin in
later steps.
WARNING: The stands under hopper at this
step will prevent hopper from being able to
free spin causing hopper chain movement.

WARNING: Lift arm pinch point. Stay
clear of hopper lift arms.
WARNING: Raised hopper may fall.
Follow steps to support arms.
1 . Key on, raise hopper arms to allow enough clearance
so hopper will rotate and clear machine.

3. Key off.
4. Disconnect roll out actuator from the wire harness.

5-27

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
WARNING: The stands under hopper at this
step will prevent hopper from being able to
free spin causing hopper chain movement.
5. Confirm hopper arm weldment and sprocket do
not rotate if they do re-adjust jack stands under
hopper.

ROLL OUT ACTUATOR AND PROGRAMMING
INSTRUCTIONS (con't).
1. The actuator should be installed roughly 0.75
inch extended from full retraction when the
hopper is in the down stored position.
a. Note: Any time the actuator is being
used near the ends of its stroke, it
should only be powered by 12 Volts.
Manual Mode limits the actuator to 12
Volts. (See page 4-24 for Manual Mode)

Set to 0.75

6. Remove pins from actuator.

2. Remove jack stands and with the actuator
installed, actuator retracted to pull the bumper
against the frame, and the bumper aligned to
the frame, enter Manual Mode (See page 4-24).
Navigate and select the ‘Set Roll Home’ screen
and press the down pressure button (Standard
POD) or ‘checkmark’ button (ProPanel POD) to
store the hopper home value.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-28

SERVICE
WARNING: Lift arm pinch point. Stay
clear of hopper lift arms.

6. Using Manual Mode controls, extend the
actuator 0.5 inches from the fully retracted
position in steps 3 and 4.

WARNING: Raised hopper may fall.
3 .

Use Manual Mode to roll hopper out to “Seal
Breakaway Position” and raise the hopper until
it can safely roll fully without contacting the
machine (try not to go beyond horizontal with
the arms so enough room is left for the hopper
to roll without the bumper contacting the
arms).

4.

In the position in Item 2, while still in Manual Mode,
fully retract the actuator by rolling the hopper all the
way in.
5. Using a Sharpie, mark the rod at the end of the
cylindrical housing it moves within. This will be
used as a reference point for the next step.

5-29

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
7.

Navigate to and select the ‘Set Roll Min’ screen in
Manual Mode (See page 4-24) and press the down
pressure button (Standard POD) or ‘checkmark’
button (ProPanel POD) to store the minimum roll
value.
8. Using Manual Mode (See page 4-24) controls, extend
the actuator until the hopper stops.
9. Using a Sharpie, mark the rod 0.5 inches from the
end of the cylindrical housing it moves within. This
will be used as a reference point for the next step.

10. Using Manual Mode (See page 4-24) controls, retract
the actuator to align the mark in Step 8 with the end
of the cylindrical housing.
11. Navigate to and select the ‘Set Roll Max’ screen in
Manual Mode (See page 4-24) and press the down
pressure button (Standard POD) or ‘checkmark’
button (ProPanel POD) to store the maximum roll
value.
12. Key-cycle the machine and lower the hopper to seal
the bumper against the frame using standard
machine controls (This will seal the bumper against
the frame using the normal actuator current limits).
13. Enter Manual Mode (See page 4-24) again and
navigate to and again select the ‘Set Roll Home’
screen and press the down pressure button
(Standard POD) or ‘checkmark’ button (ProPanel
POD) to store the hopper home value.
a. The first time this is done is to provide a close
position of the hopper for the machine to use in its
normal mode to seal the bumper against the
frame.
14. Key-cycle the machine to begin using the newly
entered values. Then verify that the hopper lift, roll,
and lower features function properly using Manual
Mode controls, extend the actuator.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-30

SERVICE
CALIBRATION OF POWER STEERING

POWER STEERING - Wiring

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn off
machine and remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.
1. Key On. Orientate the steering wheel as shown below.

2. Connect normally-open switch to spade terminals on
harness (connect to pins 12 and 14, as shown below).
calibrated.

NOTES:
- Use a momentary switch for "calibration switch" appropriately rated.
- After calibration, the steering should be turned left and right to confirm that force is the same - if not, steering should
be centered again, and calibration should be run again.

5-31

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
TESTING recovery TANK LEVEL SENSORs
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
stop on level surface, set parking brake, turn off
machine and remove key.

2.	 Test the resistance of the recovery tank level sensor
using an ohmmeter as shown below. The tank level
switch should test at 0-1 ohms or closed.

Ω

1 . Test the resistance of the recovery tank level sensor
using an ohmmeter as shown below. The tank level
switch should test as “O.L.” or open.

Ω

A

A

B

B

RLT002

RLT001

5-32

Terminals:
1. Power
2. Ground
3. Voltage Output
Specifications:
Thread Size 1/8-27NPT
Input: 8-30 Vdc
Output: 1-5 Vdc

Battery Volta

VDC
M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
3.	 The recovery tank full and half-full sensor conditions
are also viewable in Input Display Mode. See “Input
	Display Mode” in the TROUBLESHOOTING section of
this manual.

I2: Recovery Tank
Full
Closed

RLT003

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-33

SERVICE
TESTING SOLUTION TANK LEVEL SENSOR
for SafetY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

2.	Key On. Backprobe solution tank level sensor
connector terminals A and C using a voltmeter as
shown below. The voltmeter should display 1-5 volts
depending on solution tank water level.

1 . key on . Backprobe solution tank level sensor
connector terminals A and B using a voltmeter as
shown below. The voltmeter should display 10-12
volts.

VDC

VDC

A B C
A B C

A B C
A B C

WIRE

TERMINALS POS.

113/BLK-WHT

B-

A

38/GRY

B +12vdc

B

37/PUR

Vdc Output C

SLT004

WIRE

TERMINALS POS.

113/BLK-WHT

B-

A

38/GRY

B +12vdc

B

37/PUR

Vdc Output C

SLT005

5-34

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
3.	Drain the solution tank.
4.	 Slowly fill the solution tank with water and compare
the actual voltmeter readings to the chart below.
	Replace the sensor if the values are not within
specification.

Solution Tank Sensor Output
Tank Level

Output Voltage

0 BARS - EMPTY
1 BAR - 20%
2 BARS - 40%
3 BARS - 60%
4 BARS - 80%
5 BARS - FULL

0.0 - 0.72 Volts
0.73 - 0.87 Volts
0.88 - 0.98 Volts
0.99 - 1.11 Volts
1.12 - 1.33 Volts
1.34 + Volts

SLT002

5. The solution tank level sensor output voltage is also
viewable in Input Display Mode. See “Input Display
	Mode” in the TROUBLESHOOTING section.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-35

SERVICE
TESTING PROPEL MOTOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

3.	 Test the resistance of all three motor windings using
an ohmmeter as shown below. The resistances of each
winding should not be open (O.L). An open winding
indicates a faulty motor.

Ω

1.

1 . key off . remove terminal box cover screws and set
cover aside.
BET009

W

U

V

Ω

W

U

V

Ω

W

U

V

2.

2.	Disconnect U, V, and W cables from W1, A-, and A+
terminals (respectively).

3.

PMT003

W

U

V

PMT002

5-36

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
4.	 Test the resistance between all three motor terminals
and the motor case as shown below. The ohmmeter
should read “O.L.” or open. A shorted winding indi
cates a faulty motor.

Ω

1.

W

U

5.	 The motor encoder and temperature sender are
non-serviceable components of the drive motor. The
motor encoder senses rotor position, speed, and
direction. The encoder is integrated into an internal
roller bearing assembly. See “Curtis 1232 LED Faults”
in the TROUBLESHOOTING section for encoder related
faults.
The temperature sender senses the propel motor
temperature. Test the resistance of the temperature
sender using an ohmmeter and then compare the
values to the chart below. Replace the motor
assembly if the resistance values are out of the
specified range.

V

Motor
Casing

YEL

U

3.

2
3

Temperature Sender

Ω

U

4

1

YEL

V

Motor
Casing

W

BLU
RED

6
5

Encoder/Bearing
Assembly

W

BLK

WHT

Ω

2.

V

Motor
Casing
PMT004

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Temperature

PMT005

Resistance (Ω)

(°C)

(°F)

MIN.

TYP.

MAX

-30

-22

362

381

368

0

32

464

486

507

25

77

565

588

611

30

86

587

610

633

50

122

679

704

728

70

158

781

806

831

80

176

835

860

885

100

212

950

975

1000

110

230

1007

1036

1064

5-37

SERVICE
3.	Disconnect U, V, and W cables from Curtis 1232
controller as shown below.

TESTING pROPEL mOTOR CABLES
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

U

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

V

1 . key off . disconnect batteries . remove terminal box
cover screws and set cover aside.

W

BET009
24
13
1

35
23
12

PMT006

4.	Reconnect battery connection and test each cable
using an Ohmmeter for a short to battery + as shown
below. Each cable should test as “O.L.” or open to
battery +. Replace shorted cable(s).
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

2.	Disconnect U, V, and W cables from W1, A-, and A+
terminals (respectively).

V

W

U

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

Ω

U

PMT002

6 Volt
-

V
W

1.
2.
3.
PMT007

5-38

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
U

W

5.	 Test each cable using an ohmmeter for a short to
battery - as shown below. Each cable should test as
“O.L.” or open to battery -. Replace shorted cable(s).
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

7.	 Test each cable using an ohmmeter for end-to-end
continuity. Each cable should test between 0-1 ohm
resistance. Replace open cable(s).

6 Volt
-

+

Ω

-

Ω

1.

U

U

2.

V

3.

V

1.

U

2.

W

V

V

3.

W

W

U

V

W

U

V

W

U

W

U

3.

W

PMT010

1.

U

8.	 “Tug test” each cable (motor end) to determine if
a cable is broken inside the insulation. Do not exceed
10 lbs (45 N) of force as cable damage may occur.
	Replace broken cables.

2.

V

W

3.

W

U

U

V

V

W

PMT008

6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6.	 Test each cable using an ohmmeter for a short to
chassis as shown below. Each cable should test as
“O.L.” or open to chassis. Replace shorted cable(s).

-

Ω

1.

10 lbs
(5 kg)

2.
U
V
W

1.

3.

2.
3.

3.

10 lbs
(5 kg)

10 lbs
(5 kg)

CHASSIS

PMT009

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

PMT011

5-39

SERVICE
3.	Key On. Backprobe the power supply to the throttle
sensor terminals A and D using a voltmeter as shown
below. The voltmeter should display battery voltage.

TESTING THROTTLE SENSOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface.

VDC

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, jack machine
up at designated locations only. Block machine up
with jack stands.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.
DCB A

1 . jack machine up so front drive wheel is not touching
the floor . Block machine up with jack stands .
2 . The throttle hall effect sensor is a component of the
pedal subassemble.

E

DCBA

F

TBS002

D
C

TBS001

PIN/CAVITY

5-40

A
B

NOTES

A

POWER (BATTERY +)

B

PROPEL OUTPUT (0-5Vdc)

C

NOT USED

COLOR
RED
YELLOW
BLUE

D

GROUND (BATTERY -)

E

NOT USED

BLACK
N/A

F

GATE B

N/A

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
4.	Key On. Backprobe the throttle sensor output
terminals B and D using a voltmeter as shown below.
The voltmeter should display 0-5 volts proportional
to 0-100% propel pedal movement.

VDC

DCB A

1.Turn Key Off. D C B A

CONFIG MODE
SELF TEST

TBS003

5.	 See “Propel Diagnostic Mode” in the TROUBLE		
SHOOTING section. The voltage in step 3 should
match the LCD displayed voltage in Propel Diagnostic
	Mode.

MANUAL MODE
INPUT DISPLAY
PROPEL DIAG MODE

P2:Throttle
XXXX.X V
P1:Curtis Online/
Error
P2:Throttle
XXXX.X V
P3:Brake Pedal
On/Off
P4:Direction Fwd/
Rev
TBS004

P5:Speed
XXXX.X Mph
P6:Curtis Temp
XXXX.XC XXXX.XF

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

P7:Motor Temp
XXXX.XC XXXX.XF
P8:PropelCurrent

5-41

SERVICE
TESTING Side Brush LIFT ACTUATOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

3.	Reverse polarity and apply battery voltage to the lift
actuator using fuse-protected jumper leads as shown
below. Connect battery - to terminal 1 and battery +
to terminal 2. The actuator should extend completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to extend.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.
1 . key off . disconnect the side brush lift actuator from
the wire harness.

1

2

RSLA003

1

2

RSLA001

PIN ASSIGNMENT
2

BLACK

1

BLACK

2.	Apply battery voltage to the lift actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 1 and battery - to
terminal 2. The actuator should retract completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to retract.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

2

RSLA002

5-42

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
TESTING Main brush LIFT ACTUATOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

3.	Reverse polarity and apply battery voltage to the lift
actuator using fuse-protected jumper leads as shown
below. Connect battery - to terminal 1 and battery +
to terminal 2. The actuator should extend completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to extend.
6 Volt
+

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1 . key off . disconnect the main brush lift actuator from
the wire harness.

1

2

MSLA003

1

2

PIN ASSIGNMENT

MSLA001

2

RED

1

BLACK

2.	Apply battery voltage to the lift actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 1 and battery - to
terminal 2. The actuator should retract completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to retract.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

2

MSLA002

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-43

SERVICE
TESTING Rear Squeegee LIFT ACTUATOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine .
1 . key off . disconnect the rear squeegee lift actuator
from the wire harness.

1

2

3.	Reverse polarity and apply battery voltage to the lift
actuator using fuse-protected jumper leads as shown
below. Connect battery - to terminal 1 and battery +
to terminal 2. The actuator should extend completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to extend.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

2

RSLA007

RSLA005

PIN ASSIGNMENT
2

BLUE

1

BROWN

2.	Apply battery voltage to the lift actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 1 and battery - to
terminal 2. The actuator should retract completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to retract.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

2

RSLA006

5-44

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
TESTING VACUUM FAN
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

3.	Apply battery voltage to the vacuum fan(s) using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. The fan
should turn On. Replace the vacuum fan if it fails to
turn On.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

25 Amp
Fuse

1.	Key Off. Disconnect vacuum fan from wire harness.

1

2

VFM003

4.	Reconnect vacuum fan(s) to wire harness. See “Manual
	Mode” in the TROUBLESHOOTING section. Activate
the vacuum fan in Manual Mode. The amperage
displayed should be approximately 14-20 Amps (avg.
16 Amps)
VFM004

2.	Key Off. Inspect carbon brushes. Replace carbon
brushes if they are shorter than 10mm (0.375 in).
M04: Vac Fan
00%
XX.XA

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-45

SERVICE

Replacement Carbon Brush Length:
10mm (0.375 in)

TESTING SIDE SWEEP BRUSH MOTOR

6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

-

25 Amp
FOR Carbon
SAFETY: Before
stop
placement
Brush leaving
Length:or servicing machine,
Fuse and
on
level
surface,
set
parking
brake,
turn
off
machine
mm (0.375 in)

6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
3.	Apply
battery
voltage
to
the- side brush motor using
- +
- +
- +
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. The side
brush motor should turn On. Replace the side brush
motor if it fails to turn On.

+

remove key.

6 Volt

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

+

6 Volt
-

1

1.	Key Off. Disconnect the side brush motor from the
wire harness.

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

2

10 Amp
Fuse

1
1

6 Volt
-

2

2

SBM003

1

2
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

SBM001

placement Carbon Brush Length:
PIN ASSIGNMENT
mm (0.375 in)
2
BLACK
1

25 Amp
Fuse

RED

Disk
2.	Key Off. Inspect carbon brushes. Replace carbon
brushes if they are shorter than 10mm (0.375 in).

1

2

Carbon Brush Wear Limit:
10mm (0.39 in)

SBM002

5-46

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
5.	Use a stop watch to time how long it takes to fill a 5
gallon bucket. The open flow specification for the
ec-H2O pump is 1.8 GPM. The pump should fill the
5 gallon bucket in approximately 2.7 - 3.0 minutes.
replace the pump if it takes longer than 3 .5 minutes
and the pump has an adequate water supply .

TESTING ec-H20 PUMP
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing
machine, stop on level surface, set parking
brake.
1 . key off . disconnect ec-h2o pump outlet hose .

NOTE: Open flow is different than system flow and should
not be used for scrubbing mode water consumption calculations.

55
50

ECP002

50
40

60

30

10

5

20

10
15

45
40

20
35 30 25

2.	Fill the solution tank.

POFT003

3.	Connect a temporary outlet hose to the pump. The
hose must be long enough to reach a 5 gallon bucket.
Adjusting ec-H2O FLOW RATE
See Configuration mode in the Troubleshooting section
of this manual.

55
50

50
40

60

30

10

5

20

10
15

45
40

20
35 30 25
POFT002

4.	Enter Manual Mode and enable the ec-H2O system.
See Manual Mode in the Troubleshooting section of
this manual.

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-47

SERVICE
TESTING ec-H2O PRESSURE SWITCH
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.

3.	 Test the resistance of the switch using an ohmmeter
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
between
and
+
- the
+ common
- +
- + normally
- + open
- +terminals.
The switch should test as “O.L.” or open. Replace the
switch if the N.O. contacts are shorted.

Ω

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.
1.	Key Off. Disconnect the pressure switch from the
wire harness and remove the switch from the
machine.

Common

Normally
Open
ECP004

Normally
Closed

4.	Use a bicycle pump Normally
with pressure gauge to apply
Open
6 Volt to 6
Volt switch
6 Volt
6 Volt below.
6 Volt
pressure
the
as shown
The 6 Volt
+
- +
- W
+
- V+
- +
+
U
1.
normally open contacts should close at 20- +/U
2 psi (1.4 Bar), increasing pressure. Replace the switch
2.
if it does not open correctly.
V

ECP001

3.

W

Ω

6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
6 Volt
2.	 Test
the- resistance
of
the
switch
using
an- ohmmeter
+
+
- +
- +
- +
+
between the common and normally closed terminals.
There should be 0-1 ohms resistance. Replace the
switch if the N.C. contacts are open.

Ω

W

20
15
10

25 30 35

40
45
50
55
60

5
0

3/8” I.D. Tube

PSI

U

V

1.

V

3.
ECP005

Normally
Open

U

ECP003

W

V
Normally
Open

W
U

5-48

V
W

1.
2.
3.

CHASSIS
M17 Service
Information 9017358 (08-2016)

U

2.
3.

SERVICE
TESTING HOPPER LIFT PUMP MOTOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.
1. Key Off. Disconnect the
the wire harness.

3. Apply battery voltage to the lift
using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be
sure to connect battery + to
and battery to
. The motor should engage hydraulic
cylinder to raise.
Replace the

6 Volt
+

tions.

if it fails to

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

from

Black

Blue

using
2. Apply battery voltage to the lift
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be
sure to connect battery + to green wire and battery to
. The motor should engage hydraulic
cylinder to lower.
Replace the

6 Volt
+

tions.

if it fails to

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

een

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-49

SERVICE
TESTING ROLL OUT ACTUATOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves when
working on machine .
1. Key Off. Disconnect the
ire harness.

3. Apply battery voltage to the
actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 3 and battery - to
terminal 1. The actuator should retract completely.
Replace the actuator if it fails to retract.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

actuator from

1

3

1
3

PIN ASSIGNMENT
1

3

1

3

2. Apply battery voltage to the
actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 1 and battery - to
terminal 3. The actuator should e
completely.
Replace the actuator if it fails to e t
.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

3

5-50

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE
TESTINg maIN SWEEP LIfT aCTuaTOR
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
surface, set parking brake, turn off machine and
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

3.	Reverse polarity and apply battery voltage to the lift
actuator using fuse-protected jumper leads as shown
below. Connect battery - to terminal 1 and battery +
to terminal 2. The actuator should extend completely.
	Replace the actuator if it fails to extend.
6 Volt
+

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1 . key off . disconnect the main sweep lift actuator from
the wire harness.

1

2

MSLA003

1

2

PIN ASSIGNMENT
1

BLACK
RED

2

2. Apply battery voltage to the lift actuator using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below. Be sure
to connect battery + to terminal 1 and battery - to
terminal 2. The actuator should retract completely.
Replace the actuator if it fails to retract.
6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

2

MSLA02

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-51

SERVICE

Replacement Carbon Brush Length:
10mm (0.375 in)

TESTINg MAIN SwEEP BRuSh mOTORS +

6 Volt

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine,

25 Amp
placement
Carbon Brush Length:
empty solution and recovery tanks, stop on level
Fuse
mm (0.375
in) set parking brake, turn off machine and
surface,
remove key.

6 Volt

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

6 Volt
+

1

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves
when working on machine.
1 . Key off. Disconnect the brush motor from the
wire harness.

1

6 Volt

6 Volt
-

6 Volt

2-

+

+

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

10 Amp
Fuse

1

6 Volt

1

6 Volt
-

2

+

placement Carbon Brush Length:
mm (0.375 in)

6 Volt

+
- +
- + e to the
3 . - Apply
battery
voltag
brush motor using
fuse-protected jumper leads as shown below.
The brush motor should turn On, swap test
leads and motor should turn On opposite
direction. Replace the brush motor if it fails to
turn On.

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

25 Amp
2 Fuse

2

6 Volt

MOTOR
ROTATION
- +
-

Left

Right

Red (+)

Black (+)

Black (-)

Red (-)

Disk
pin a SSignment
1
2

1

2

red
BLa ck

2 . Key off . Inspec carbon brushes. replace carbon
brushes if theyare shorter than 10mm (0.375 in).

Carbon Brush Wear Limit:
10mm (0.39 in)

5-52

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

SERVICE

Replacement Carbon Brush Length:
10mm (0.375 in)
6 Volt

TESTING SHAKER MOTOR

6 Volt

+

-

+

6 Volt
-

+

.

6 Volt

-

6 Volt

6 Volt

+
- +
- + to the
pply
battery
voltage
shaker motor using

FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop

25 Amp
placement
Carbon Brush Length:
on level surface, set parking brake, turn off machine
Fuseand
mm (0.375
in) key.
remove
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.

6 Volt
+

1

FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving

ey off . isconnect the
wire harness.

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

2

10 Amp
Fuse

when working on machine .
1.

6 Volt
-

motor from the

3
1

1

2

Connector rear view

6 Volt

6 Volt

+

-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

N+

6 Volt
-

R
25 Amp
Fuse

placement Carbon Brush Length:
mm (0.375 in)
Disk

Connector pin view

1

3

2

1

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

5-53

SERVICE
TESTING DRY VAC FAN
FOR SAFETY: Before leaving or servicing machine, stop
remove key.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, disconnect battery connection before working on machine.
FOR SAFETY: When servicing machine, avoid moving
parts. Do not wear loose jackets, shirts, or sleeves when
working on machine .
from the

2. Apply battery voltage to the

6 Volt
+

6 Volt
-

+

10 Amp
Fuse

5-54

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

6 Volt
-

+

+

6 Volt
-

+

-

-

M17 Service Information 9017358 (08-2016)

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : No
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c021 79.153613, 2013/07/11-05:21:54
Manual Type                     : Service Manual
Format                          : application/pdf
Site Brand                      : tennant
Is Purchasable                  : true
Doc Status                      : Active
Modified                        : 2017:03:20 11:32:50.958-05:00
Category                        : manual
Power Source                    : Battery
Share With Recon Machines       : true
Document Number                 : 9017358
Security                        : Secure
Creator                         : gpl2
Marketing Channel               : DST, SLS, SRV, EMP, DIR, KSA
Language                        : en, all
Title                           : M17 Service Manual
Num Pages                       : 236
Extracted                       : 2017:03:20 11:43:10.607-05:00
Author                          : gpl2
Sha 1                           : 4784f79129015ad72e74123cef4e7457d1d78cd2
Size                            : 24607572
Creator Tool                    : PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2
Metadata Date                   : 2016:09:09 15:00:49.000-05:00
Modify Date                     : 2016:09:09 15:00:49.000-05:00
Create Date                     : 2016:04:25 13:21:19.000-05:00
Document ID                     : uuid:2c4d630b-93b4-4664-8d75-7e54704e6854
Instance ID                     : uuid:1d118bd6-369b-41e3-8e47-5e857d530c74
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 10.0.0 (Windows)
Tags                            : product-category-tag:tennant/en_us/1/machines/sweeper-scrubbers, product-tag:tennant/en_us/1/machines/sweeper-scrubbers/M-M17
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 236

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

M17 Service Manual Tennant Rider Floor Sweeper Scrubber

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation